<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
<rfc xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" version="3" category="std" docName="draft-ietf-dhc-rfc8415bis-12" number="9915" ipr="pre5378Trust200902" obsoletes="8415" submissionType="IETF" consensus="true" updates="" xml:lang="en" tocInclude="true" tocDepth="4" symRefs="true" sortRefs="true" prepTime="2026-01-30T08:48:07" indexInclude="true" scripts="Common,Latin">
  <link href="https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-dhc-rfc8415bis-12" rel="prev"/>
  <link href="https://dx.doi.org/10.17487/rfc9915" rel="alternate"/>
  <link href="urn:issn:2070-1721" rel="alternate"/>
  <front>
    <title abbrev="DHCP for IPv6">Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</title>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="9915" stream="IETF"/>
    <seriesInfo name="STD" value="102" stream="IETF"/>
    <author fullname="Tomek Mrugalski" initials="T." surname="Mrugalski">
      <organization abbrev="ISC" showOnFrontPage="true">Internet Systems Consortium, Inc.</organization>
      <address>
        <postal>
          <street>PO Box 360</street>
          <city>Newmarket</city>
          <region>NH</region>
          <code>03857</code>
          <country>United States of America</country>
        </postal>
        <email>tomasz.mrugalski@gmail.com</email>
      </address>
    </author>
    <author fullname="Bernie Volz" initials="B" surname="Volz">
      <organization abbrev="Individual Contributor" showOnFrontPage="true">Individual Contributor</organization>
      <address>
        <postal>
          <street>116 Hawkins Pond Road</street>
          <city>Center Harbor</city>
          <region>NH</region>
          <code>03226</code>
          <country>United States of America</country>
        </postal>
        <email>bevolz@gmail.com</email>
      </address>
    </author>
    <author fullname="Michael C. Richardson" initials="M." surname="Richardson">
      <organization abbrev="SSW" showOnFrontPage="true">Sandelman Software Works</organization>
      <address>
        <postal>
          <street>470 Dawson Avenue</street>
          <city>Ottawa</city>
          <region>ON</region>
          <code>K1Z 5V7</code>
          <country>Canada</country>
        </postal>
        <email>mcr+ietf@sandelman.ca</email>
        <uri>http://www.sandelman.ca/</uri>
      </address>
    </author>
    <author fullname="Sheng Jiang" initials="S." surname="Jiang">
      <organization abbrev="BUPT" showOnFrontPage="true">Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications</organization>
      <address>
        <postal>
          <street>No. 10 Xitucheng Road</street>
          <city>Haidian District, Beijing</city>
          <country>China</country>
        </postal>
        <email>shengjiang@bupt.edu.cn</email>
      </address>
    </author>
    <author fullname="Timothy Winters" initials="T" surname="Winters">
      <organization abbrev="QA Cafe" showOnFrontPage="true">QA Cafe</organization>
      <address>
        <postal>
          <street>100 Main Street, Suite #212</street>
          <city>Dover</city>
          <region>NH</region>
          <code>03820</code>
          <country>United States of America</country>
        </postal>
        <email>tim@qacafe.com</email>
      </address>
    </author>
    <date month="01" year="2026"/>
    <area>INT</area>
    <workgroup>dhc</workgroup>
    <keyword>DHCPv6</keyword>
    <keyword>IPv6</keyword>
    <keyword>DHCP</keyword>
    <abstract pn="section-abstract">
      <t indent="0" pn="section-abstract-1">This document specifies the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for
      IPv6 (DHCPv6), an extensible mechanism for configuring nodes with
      network configuration parameters, IP addresses, and prefixes. Parameters
      can be provided statelessly or in combination with stateful assignment
      of one or more IPv6 addresses and/or IPv6 prefixes. DHCPv6 can operate
      either in place of or in addition to stateless address autoconfiguration
      (SLAAC).</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-abstract-2">This document obsoletes RFC 8415. It incorporates verified errata and
   obsoletes the assignment of temporary addresses (the IA_TA option)
   and the server unicast capability (the Server Unicast option and
   UseMulticast status code).</t>
    </abstract>
    <boilerplate>
      <section anchor="status-of-memo" numbered="false" removeInRFC="false" toc="exclude" pn="section-boilerplate.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-status-of-this-memo">Status of This Memo</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-boilerplate.1-1">
            This is an Internet Standards Track document.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-boilerplate.1-2">
            This document is a product of the Internet Engineering Task Force
            (IETF).  It represents the consensus of the IETF community.  It has
            received public review and has been approved for publication by
            the Internet Engineering Steering Group (IESG).  Further
            information on Internet Standards is available in Section 2 of 
            RFC 7841.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-boilerplate.1-3">
            Information about the current status of this document, any
            errata, and how to provide feedback on it may be obtained at
            <eref target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc9915" brackets="none"/>.
        </t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="copyright" numbered="false" removeInRFC="false" toc="exclude" pn="section-boilerplate.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-copyright-notice">Copyright Notice</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-boilerplate.2-1">
            Copyright (c) 2026 IETF Trust and the persons identified as the
            document authors. All rights reserved.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-boilerplate.2-2">
            This document is subject to BCP 78 and the IETF Trust's Legal
            Provisions Relating to IETF Documents
            (<eref target="https://trustee.ietf.org/license-info" brackets="none"/>) in effect on the date of
            publication of this document. Please review these documents
            carefully, as they describe your rights and restrictions with
            respect to this document. Code Components extracted from this
            document must include Revised BSD License text as described in
            Section 4.e of the Trust Legal Provisions and are provided without
            warranty as described in the Revised BSD License.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-boilerplate.2-3">
            This document may contain material from IETF Documents or IETF
            Contributions published or made publicly available before November
            10, 2008. The person(s) controlling the copyright in some of this
            material may not have granted the IETF Trust the right to allow
            modifications of such material outside the IETF Standards Process.
            Without obtaining an adequate license from the person(s)
            controlling the copyright in such materials, this document may not
            be modified outside the IETF Standards Process, and derivative
            works of it may not be created outside the IETF Standards Process,
            except to format it for publication as an RFC or to translate it
            into languages other than English.
        </t>
      </section>
    </boilerplate>
    <toc>
      <section anchor="toc" numbered="false" removeInRFC="false" toc="exclude" pn="section-toc.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-table-of-contents">Table of Contents</name>
        <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1">
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.1">
            <t indent="0" keepWithNext="true" pn="section-toc.1-1.1.1"><xref derivedContent="1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-introduction">Introduction</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.1.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.1.2.1">
                <t indent="0" keepWithNext="true" pn="section-toc.1-1.1.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="1.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-1.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relationship-to-previous-dh">Relationship to Previous DHCPv6 Standards</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.1.2.2">
                <t indent="0" keepWithNext="true" pn="section-toc.1-1.1.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="1.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-1.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-topics-out-of-scope">Topics Out of Scope</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.2">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.2.1"><xref derivedContent="2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-requirements">Requirements</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.3">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.3.1"><xref derivedContent="3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-background">Background</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.4">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.4.1"><xref derivedContent="4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-terminology">Terminology</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.4.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.4.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.4.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="4.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-4.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-ipv6-terminology">IPv6 Terminology</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.4.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.4.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="4.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-4.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-terminology">DHCP Terminology</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.5">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.5.1"><xref derivedContent="5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-5"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-server-exchanges">Client/Server Exchanges</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.5.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.5.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.5.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="5.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-5.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-server-exchanges-inv">Client/Server Exchanges Involving Two Messages</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.5.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.5.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="5.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-5.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-server-exchanges-invo">Client/Server Exchanges Involving Four Messages</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.5.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.5.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="5.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-5.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-server-client-exchanges">Server/Client Exchanges</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.6">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.6.1"><xref derivedContent="6" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-6"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-operational-models">Operational Models</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="6.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-6.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-stateless-dhcp">Stateless DHCP</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="6.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-6.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-for-non-temporary-addr">DHCP for Non-Temporary Address Assignment</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="6.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-6.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-for-prefix-delegation">DHCP for Prefix Delegation</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.4">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="6.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-6.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-for-customer-edge-rout">DHCP for Customer Edge Routers</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.5">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.5.1"><xref derivedContent="6.5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-6.5"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-multiple-addresses-and-pref">Multiple Addresses and Prefixes</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.6">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.6.2.6.1"><xref derivedContent="6.6" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-6.6"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-registering-self-generated-">Registering Self-Generated Addresses</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.7">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.7.1"><xref derivedContent="7" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-7"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-constants">DHCP Constants</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="7.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-7.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-multicast-addresses">Multicast Addresses</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="7.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-7.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-udp-ports">UDP Ports</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="7.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-7.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-message-types">DHCP Message Types</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.4">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="7.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-7.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-option-codes">DHCP Option Codes</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.5">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.5.1"><xref derivedContent="7.5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-7.5"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-status-codes">Status Codes</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.6">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.6.1"><xref derivedContent="7.6" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-7.6"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-transmission-and-retransmis">Transmission and Retransmission Parameters</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.7">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.7.2.7.1"><xref derivedContent="7.7" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-7.7"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-representation-of-time-valu">Representation of Time Values and "Infinity" as a Time Value</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.8">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.8.1"><xref derivedContent="8" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-8"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-server-message-forma">Client/Server Message Formats</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.9">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.9.1"><xref derivedContent="9" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-9"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relay-agent-server-message-">Relay Agent/Server Message Formats</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.9.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.9.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.9.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="9.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-9.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relay-forward-message">Relay-forward Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.9.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.9.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="9.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-9.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relay-reply-message">Relay-reply Message</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.10">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.10.1"><xref derivedContent="10" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-10"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-representation-and-use-of-d">Representation and Use of Domain Names</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.11">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.11.1"><xref derivedContent="11" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-11"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-unique-identifier-duid">DHCP Unique Identifier (DUID)</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="11.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-11.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-duid-contents">DUID Contents</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="11.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-11.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-duid-based-on-link-layer-ad">DUID Based on Link-Layer Address Plus Time (DUID-LLT)</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="11.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-11.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-duid-assigned-by-vendor-bas">DUID Assigned by Vendor Based on Enterprise Number (DUID-EN)</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.4">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="11.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-11.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-duid-based-on-link-layer-add">DUID Based on Link-Layer Address (DUID-LL)</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.5">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.11.2.5.1"><xref derivedContent="11.5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-11.5"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-duid-based-on-universally-u">DUID Based on Universally Unique Identifier (DUID-UUID)</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.12">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.12.1"><xref derivedContent="12" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-12"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-identity-association">Identity Association</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.12.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.12.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.12.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="12.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-12.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-identity-associations-for-a">Identity Associations for Address Assignment</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.12.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.12.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="12.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-12.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-identity-associations-for-p">Identity Associations for Prefix Delegation</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.13">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.13.1"><xref derivedContent="13" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-13"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-assignment-to-an-ia">Assignment to an IA</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.13.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.13.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.13.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="13.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-13.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-selecting-addresses-for-ass">Selecting Addresses for Assignment to an IA_NA</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.13.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.13.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="13.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-13.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-assignment-of-prefixes-for-">Assignment of Prefixes for IA_PD</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.14">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.14.1"><xref derivedContent="14" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-14"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-transmission-of-messages-by">Transmission of Messages by a Client</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.14.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.14.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.14.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="14.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-14.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-rate-limiting">Rate Limiting</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.14.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.14.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="14.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-14.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-behavior-when-t1-and">Client Behavior when T1 and/or T2 Are 0</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.15">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.15.1"><xref derivedContent="15" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-15"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reliability-of-client-initi">Reliability of Client-Initiated Message Exchanges</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.1"><xref derivedContent="16" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-message-validation">Message Validation</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="16.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-use-of-transaction-ids">Use of Transaction IDs</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="16.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-solicit-message">Solicit Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="16.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-advertise-message">Advertise Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.4">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="16.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-request-message">Request Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.5">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.5.1"><xref derivedContent="16.5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.5"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-confirm-message">Confirm Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.6">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.6.1"><xref derivedContent="16.6" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.6"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-renew-message">Renew Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.7">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.7.1"><xref derivedContent="16.7" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.7"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-rebind-message">Rebind Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.8">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.8.1"><xref derivedContent="16.8" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.8"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-decline-message">Decline Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.9">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.9.1"><xref derivedContent="16.9" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.9"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-release-message">Release Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.10">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.10.1"><xref derivedContent="16.10" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.10"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reply-message">Reply Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.11">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.11.1"><xref derivedContent="16.11" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.11"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reconfigure-message">Reconfigure Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.12">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.12.1"><xref derivedContent="16.12" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.12"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-information-request-message">Information-request Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.13">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.13.1"><xref derivedContent="16.13" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.13"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relay-forward-message-2">Relay-forward Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.14">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.16.2.14.1"><xref derivedContent="16.14" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-16.14"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relay-reply-message-2">Relay-reply Message</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.17">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.17.1"><xref derivedContent="17" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-17"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-source-address-and-i">Client Source Address and Interface Selection</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.17.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.17.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.17.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="17.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-17.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-source-address-and-interfac">Source Address and Interface Selection for Address Assignment</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.17.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.17.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="17.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-17.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-source-address-and-interface">Source Address and Interface Selection for Prefix Delegation</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.1"><xref derivedContent="18" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-configuration-exchange">DHCP Configuration Exchanges</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="18.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-a-single-exchange-for-multi">A Single Exchange for Multiple IA Options</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-behavior">Client Behavior</xref></t>
                <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2">
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.1">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-and-transmission-o">Creation and Transmission of Solicit Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.2">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-and-transmission-of">Creation and Transmission of Request Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.3">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-and-transmission-of-">Creation and Transmission of Confirm Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.4">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-and-transmission-of-r">Creation and Transmission of Renew Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.5">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.5.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.5"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-and-transmission-of-re">Creation and Transmission of Rebind Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.6">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.6.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.6" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.6"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-and-transmission-of-i">Creation and Transmission of Information-request Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.7">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.7.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.7" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.7"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-and-transmission-of-rel">Creation and Transmission of Release Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.8">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.8.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.8" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.8"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-and-transmission-of-d">Creation and Transmission of Decline Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.9">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.9.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.9" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.9"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-advertise-messag">Receipt of Advertise Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.10" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.10"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-reply-messages">Receipt of Reply Messages</xref></t>
                    <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2">
                      <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.1">
                        <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.10.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.10.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reply-for-solicit-with-rapi">Reply for Solicit (with Rapid Commit), Request, Renew, or Rebind</xref></t>
                      </li>
                      <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.2">
                        <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.10.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.10.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reply-for-release-and-decli">Reply for Release and Decline</xref></t>
                      </li>
                      <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.3">
                        <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.10.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.10.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reply-for-confirm">Reply for Confirm</xref></t>
                      </li>
                      <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.4">
                        <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.10.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.10.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reply-for-information-reque">Reply for Information-request</xref></t>
                      </li>
                      <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.5">
                        <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.10.2.5.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.10.5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.10.5"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-revoking-previously-provide">Revoking Previously Provided Options</xref></t>
                      </li>
                    </ul>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.11">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.11.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.11" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.11"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-reconfigure-mess">Receipt of Reconfigure Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.12">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.12.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.12" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.12"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-refreshing-configuration-in">Refreshing Configuration Information</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.13">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.2.2.13.1"><xref derivedContent="18.2.13" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.2.13"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-restarting-server-discovery">Restarting Server Discovery Process</xref></t>
                  </li>
                </ul>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-server-behavior">Server Behavior</xref></t>
                <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2">
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.1">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-solicit-messages">Receipt of Solicit Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.2">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-request-messages">Receipt of Request Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.3">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-confirm-messages">Receipt of Confirm Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.4">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-renew-messages">Receipt of Renew Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.5">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.5.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.5"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-rebind-messages">Receipt of Rebind Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.6">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.6.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.6" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.6"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-information-requ">Receipt of Information-request Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.7">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.7.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.7" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.7"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-release-messages">Receipt of Release Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.8">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.8.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.8" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.8"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-receipt-of-decline-messages">Receipt of Decline Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.9">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.9.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.9" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.9"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-of-advertise-messa">Creation of Advertise Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.10">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.10.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.10" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.10"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-transmission-of-advertise-a">Transmission of Advertise and Reply Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.11">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.18.2.3.2.11.1"><xref derivedContent="18.3.11" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-18.3.11"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-creation-and-transmission-of-rec">Creation and Transmission of Reconfigure Messages</xref></t>
                  </li>
                </ul>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.19">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.1"><xref derivedContent="19" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-19"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relay-agent-behavior">Relay Agent Behavior</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="19.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-19.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relaying-a-client-message-o">Relaying a Client Message or a Relay-forward Message</xref></t>
                <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.1.2">
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.1.2.1">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.1.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="19.1.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-19.1.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relaying-a-message-from-a-c">Relaying a Message from a Client</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.1.2.2">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.1.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="19.1.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-19.1.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relaying-a-message-from-a-r">Relaying a Message from a Relay Agent</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.1.2.3">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.1.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="19.1.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-19.1.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relay-agent-behavior-with-p">Relay Agent Behavior with Prefix Delegation</xref></t>
                  </li>
                </ul>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="19.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-19.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relaying-a-relay-reply-mess">Relaying a Relay-reply Message</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="19.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-19.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-construction-of-relay-reply">Construction of Relay-reply Messages</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.4">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.19.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="19.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-19.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-interaction-between-relay-a">Interaction Between Relay Agents and Servers</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.20">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.1"><xref derivedContent="20" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-20"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-authentication-of-dhcp-mess">Authentication of DHCP Messages</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="20.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-20.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-security-of-messages-sent-b">Security of Messages Sent Between Servers and Relay Agents</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="20.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-20.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-summary-of-dhcp-authenticat">Summary of DHCP Authentication</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="20.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-20.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-replay-detection">Replay Detection</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.4">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="20.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-20.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reconfiguration-key-authent">Reconfiguration Key Authentication Protocol (RKAP)</xref></t>
                <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.4.2">
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.4.2.1">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.4.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="20.4.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-20.4.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-use-of-the-authentication-o">Use of the Authentication Option in RKAP</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.4.2.2">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.4.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="20.4.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-20.4.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-server-considerations-for-r">Server Considerations for RKAP</xref></t>
                  </li>
                  <li pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.4.2.3">
                    <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.20.2.4.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="20.4.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-20.4.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-considerations-for-r">Client Considerations for RKAP</xref></t>
                  </li>
                </ul>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.1"><xref derivedContent="21" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-dhcp-options">DHCP Options</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="21.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-format-of-dhcp-options">Format of DHCP Options</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="21.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-identifier-option">Client Identifier Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="21.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-server-identifier-option">Server Identifier Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.4">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="21.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-identity-association-for-no">Identity Association for Non-Temporary Addresses Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.5">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.5.1"><xref derivedContent="21.5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.5"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-identity-association-for-te">Identity Association for Temporary Addresses Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.6">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.6.1"><xref derivedContent="21.6" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.6"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-ia-address-option">IA Address Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.7">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.7.1"><xref derivedContent="21.7" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.7"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-option-request-option">Option Request Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.8">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.8.1"><xref derivedContent="21.8" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.8"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-preference-option">Preference Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.9">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.9.1"><xref derivedContent="21.9" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.9"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-elapsed-time-option">Elapsed Time Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.10">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.10.1"><xref derivedContent="21.10" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.10"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-relay-message-option">Relay Message Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.11">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.11.1"><xref derivedContent="21.11" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.11"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-authentication-option">Authentication Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.12">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.12.1"><xref derivedContent="21.12" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.12"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-server-unicast-option">Server Unicast Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.13">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.13.1"><xref derivedContent="21.13" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.13"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-status-code-option">Status Code Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.14">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.14.1"><xref derivedContent="21.14" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.14"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-rapid-commit-option">Rapid Commit Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.15">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.15.1"><xref derivedContent="21.15" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.15"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-user-class-option">User Class Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.16">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.16.1"><xref derivedContent="21.16" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.16"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-vendor-class-option">Vendor Class Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.17">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.17.1"><xref derivedContent="21.17" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.17"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-vendor-specific-information">Vendor-Specific Information Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.18">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.18.1"><xref derivedContent="21.18" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.18"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-interface-id-option">Interface-Id Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.19">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.19.1"><xref derivedContent="21.19" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.19"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reconfigure-message-option">Reconfigure Message Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.20">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.20.1"><xref derivedContent="21.20" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.20"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reconfigure-accept-option">Reconfigure Accept Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.21">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.21.1"><xref derivedContent="21.21" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.21"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-identity-association-for-pr">Identity Association for Prefix Delegation Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.22">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.22.1"><xref derivedContent="21.22" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.22"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-ia-prefix-option">IA Prefix Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.23">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.23.1"><xref derivedContent="21.23" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.23"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-information-refresh-time-op">Information Refresh Time Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.24">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.24.1"><xref derivedContent="21.24" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.24"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-sol_max_rt-option">SOL_MAX_RT Option</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.25">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.21.2.25.1"><xref derivedContent="21.25" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-21.25"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-inf_max_rt-option">INF_MAX_RT Option</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.22">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.22.1"><xref derivedContent="22" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-22"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-security-considerations">Security Considerations</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.22.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.22.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.22.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="22.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-22.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-client-security-considerati">Client Security Considerations</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.22.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.22.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="22.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-22.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-server-security-considerati">Server Security Considerations</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.22.2.3">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.22.2.3.1"><xref derivedContent="22.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-22.3"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-reconfigure-security-consid">Reconfigure Security Considerations</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.22.2.4">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.22.2.4.1"><xref derivedContent="22.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-22.4"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-mitigation-considerations">Mitigation Considerations</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.23">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.23.1"><xref derivedContent="23" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-23"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-privacy-considerations">Privacy Considerations</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.24">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.24.1"><xref derivedContent="24" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-24"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-iana-considerations">IANA Considerations</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.25">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.25.1"><xref derivedContent="25" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-25"/>. <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-references">References</xref></t>
            <ul bare="true" empty="true" indent="2" spacing="compact" pn="section-toc.1-1.25.2">
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.25.2.1">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.25.2.1.1"><xref derivedContent="25.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-25.1"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-normative-references">Normative References</xref></t>
              </li>
              <li pn="section-toc.1-1.25.2.2">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.25.2.2.1"><xref derivedContent="25.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" target="section-25.2"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-informative-references">Informative References</xref></t>
              </li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.26">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.26.1"><xref derivedContent="Appendix A" format="default" sectionFormat="of" target="section-appendix.a"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-summary-of-changes-from-rfc">Summary of Changes from RFC 8415</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.27">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.27.1"><xref derivedContent="Appendix B" format="default" sectionFormat="of" target="section-appendix.b"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-appearance-of-options-in-me">Appearance of Options in Message Types</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.28">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.28.1"><xref derivedContent="Appendix C" format="default" sectionFormat="of" target="section-appendix.c"/>.  <xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-appearance-of-options-in-th">Appearance of Options in the "options" Field of DHCP Options</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.29">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.29.1"><xref derivedContent="" format="none" sectionFormat="of" target="section-appendix.d"/><xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-acknowledgments">Acknowledgments</xref></t>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-toc.1-1.30">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-toc.1-1.30.1"><xref derivedContent="" format="none" sectionFormat="of" target="section-appendix.e"/><xref derivedContent="" format="title" sectionFormat="of" target="name-authors-addresses">Authors' Addresses</xref></t>
          </li>
        </ul>
      </section>
    </toc>
  </front>
  <middle>
    <section anchor="intro-and-overview" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-1">
      <name slugifiedName="name-introduction">Introduction</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-1-1">This document specifies DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6), a client/server
      protocol that provides managed configuration of devices. The basic
      operation of DHCPv6 provides configuration for clients connected to
      the same link as the server. Relay agent functionality is also
      defined for enabling communication between clients and servers that
      are not on the same link.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-1-2">DHCPv6 can provide a device with addresses assigned by a DHCPv6
      server and other configuration information; this data is carried in
      options. DHCPv6 can be extended through the definition of new options
      to carry configuration information not specified in this document.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-1-3">DHCPv6 also supports a mechanism for automated delegation of
      IPv6 prefixes. Through this mechanism, a server
      can delegate prefixes to clients. Use of this mechanism is
      specified as part of <xref target="RFC7084" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7084"/> and by <xref target="TR-187" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="TR-187"/>.    Note that those documents use "requesting router" and "delegating
  router" where this document uses "client" and "server", respectively.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-1-4">DHCP can also be used just to provide other configuration options
      (i.e., no addresses or prefixes). That implies that the
      server does not have to track any state; thus, this mode is called
      "stateless DHCPv6". Mechanisms necessary to support stateless DHCPv6 are
      much simpler than mechanisms needed to support stateful DHCPv6.</t>
      <section anchor="previous-dhcp6" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-1.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-relationship-to-previous-dh">Relationship to Previous DHCPv6 Standards</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-1.1-1"><xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/> provided a unified, corrected, and cleaned-up
        definition of DHCPv6 that also covered all applicable errata filed
        against older RFCs at the time of its writing. It also obsoleted a small number of mechanisms:
        delayed authentication, lifetime, and timer hints sent by a client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-1.1-2">This document obsoletes <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/>.  It applies verified errata reports
   and obsoletes two features that have not been widely implemented - the assignment of temporary addresses using the IA_TA option and
   allowing clients to unicast some messages directly to the server if
   the server sent the Server Unicast option to a client in an early
   exchange.  It also clarifies the UDP ports used
        by clients, servers, and relay agents (<xref target="udp-ports" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.2"/>).
        See <xref target="ChangeSummary" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Appendix A"/> for a list of differences
        from <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/>.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="out-of-scope" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-1.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-topics-out-of-scope">Topics Out of Scope</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-1.2-1">This document specifies DHCPv6 behavior. The server policy, such as
        what options to assign to which clients, which subnets or pools of resources to use,
        which clients' requests should be denied, etc. are out of scope for this document.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-1.2-2">Server configuration, operation, and management are also out of scope. An
        approach to manage DHCPv6 relays and servers is specified in <xref target="RFC9243" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC9243"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-1.2-3">Merging DHCPv4 <xref target="RFC2131" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC2131"/> and DHCPv6 configuration is out of scope for
        this document. <xref target="RFC4477" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4477"/> discusses some issues
        and possible strategies for running DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 services
        together. While <xref target="RFC4477" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4477"/> is a bit dated, it provides
        a good overview of the issues at hand.
        The consensus of the IETF at the time of writing is that DHCPv4 should be used rather
        than DHCPv6 when conveying IPv4 configuration information to nodes.
        For IPv6-only networks, <xref target="RFC7341" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7341"/> describes a
        transport mechanism to carry DHCPv4 messages using DHCPv6 
        for the dynamic provisioning of IPv4 address and configuration
        information.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="requirements" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-2">
      <name slugifiedName="name-requirements">Requirements</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-2-1">
    The key words "<bcp14>MUST</bcp14>", "<bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14>", "<bcp14>REQUIRED</bcp14>", "<bcp14>SHALL</bcp14>", "<bcp14>SHALL NOT</bcp14>", "<bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14>", "<bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14>", "<bcp14>RECOMMENDED</bcp14>", "<bcp14>NOT RECOMMENDED</bcp14>",
    "<bcp14>MAY</bcp14>", and "<bcp14>OPTIONAL</bcp14>" in this document are to be interpreted as
    described in BCP 14 <xref target="RFC2119" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC2119"/> <xref target="RFC8174" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8174"/> 
    when, and only when, they appear in all capitals, as shown here.
      </t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-2-2">This document also makes use of internal conceptual variables to
      describe protocol behavior and external variables that an implementation
      must allow system administrators to change. The specific variable names,
      how their values change, and how their settings influence protocol
      behavior are provided to demonstrate protocol behavior. An
      implementation is not required to have them in the exact form described
      here, as long as its external behavior is consistent with that described
      in this document.</t>
    </section>
    <section anchor="old-background" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-3">
      <name slugifiedName="name-background">Background</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-3-1">
        In <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/>, the "Background" section contained background on IPv6 specifications of
        relevance to DHCPv6.  That text has been removed from the current document; however, this section has been retained to keep the major section numbering
        consistent with <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/>.  Those interested can refer to <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/> itself for more information on the topic.
      </t>
    </section>
    <section anchor="terminology" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-4">
      <name slugifiedName="name-terminology">Terminology</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-4-1">This section defines terminology specific to IPv6 and DHCP used in
      this document.</t>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-4.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-ipv6-terminology">IPv6 Terminology</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-4.1-1">IPv6 terminology from <xref target="RFC8200" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8200"/>, <xref target="RFC4291" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4291"/>, and  <xref target="RFC4862" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4862"/> relevant
        to this specification is included below.</t>
        <dl newline="true" spacing="normal" indent="3" pn="section-4.1-2">
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.1">address</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.2">An IP-layer identifier for an interface or a
            set of interfaces.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.3">GUA</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.4">Global unicast address (see
            <xref target="RFC4291" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4291"/>).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.5">host</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.6">Any node that is not a router.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.7">IP</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.8">Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6). The terms
            "IPv4" and "IPv6" are used only in contexts where it is necessary
            to avoid ambiguity.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.9">interface</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.10">A node's attachment to a link.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.11">link</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.12">A communication facility or medium over which
            nodes can communicate at the link layer, i.e., the layer
            immediately below IP. Examples are Ethernet (simple or bridged);
            Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) and PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) links;
            and Internet-layer (or higher) "tunnels",
            such as tunnels over IPv4 or IPv6 itself.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.13">link-layer identifier</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.14">A link-layer identifier for an
            interface -- for example, IEEE 802 addresses for Ethernet or
            Token Ring network interfaces.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.15">link-local address</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.16">An IPv6 address having a
            link-only scope, indicated by having the prefix (fe80::/10), that
            can be used to reach neighboring nodes attached to the same link.
            Every IPv6 interface on which DHCPv6 can reasonably be useful
            has a link-local address.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.17">multicast address</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.18">An identifier for a set of
            interfaces (typically belonging to different nodes). A packet sent
            to a multicast address is delivered to all interfaces identified
            by that address.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.19">neighbor</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.20">A node attached to the same link.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.21">node</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.22">A device that implements IP.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.23">packet</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.24">An IP header plus payload.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.25">prefix</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.26">The initial bits of an address, or a set
            of IP addresses that share the same initial bits.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.27">prefix length</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.28">The number of bits in a prefix.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.29">router</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.30">A node that forwards IP packets not
            explicitly addressed to itself.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.31">ULA</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.32">Unique local address (see
            <xref target="RFC4193" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4193"/>).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.1-2.33">unicast address</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.1-2.34">An identifier for a single
            interface. A packet sent to a unicast address is delivered to the
            interface identified by that address.</dd>
        </dl>
      </section>
      <section anchor="dhcp-terminology" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-4.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-terminology">DHCP Terminology</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-4.2-1">Terminology specific to DHCP can be found below.</t>
        <dl newline="true" spacing="normal" indent="3" pn="section-4.2-2">
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.1">appropriate to the link</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.2">An address is "appropriate
            to the link" when the address is consistent with the DHCP server's
            knowledge of the network topology, prefix assignment, and address
            assignment policies.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.3">binding</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.4">A binding (or client binding) is a group of
            server data records containing the information the server has about
            the addresses or delegated prefixes in an Identity Association
            (IA) or configuration information explicitly assigned to the
            client. Configuration information that has been returned to a
            client through a policy, such as the information returned to all
            clients on the same link, does not require a binding. A binding
            containing information about an IA is indexed by the tuple
            &lt;DUID, IA-type, IAID&gt; (where IA-type is the type of
            lease in the IA -- for example, address or delegated prefix). A
            binding containing
            configuration information for a client is indexed by
            &lt;DUID&gt;. See below for definitions of DUID, IA, and IAID.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.5">configuration parameter</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.6">An element of the
            configuration information set on the server and delivered to the
            client using DHCP. Such parameters may be used to carry
            information to be used by a node to configure its network
            subsystem and enable communication on a link or internetwork, for
            example.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.7">container option</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.8">An option that encapsulates other
            options (for example, the IA_NA option
            (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>) may contain IA Address options
            (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>)).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.9">DHCP</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.10">Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6.
            The terms "DHCPv4" and "DHCPv6" are used only in contexts where it
            is necessary to avoid ambiguity.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.11">DHCP client</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.12">Also referred to as "client".
            A node that initiates requests on a link to obtain
            configuration parameters from one or more DHCP servers.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.13">DHCP domain</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.14">A set of links managed by DHCP and
            operated by a single administrative entity.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.15">DHCP relay agent</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.16">Also referred to as "relay agent".
            A node that acts as an intermediary to deliver DHCP messages
            between clients and servers. In certain configurations,
            there may be more than one relay agent between clients and
            servers, so a relay agent may send DHCP messages to another
            relay agent.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.17">DHCP server</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.18">This document condenses this term to "server".
            A node that responds to requests from clients.  It may
            or may not be on the same link as the client(s).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.19">DUID</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.20">A DHCP Unique Identifier for a DHCP
            participant. Each DHCP client and server has exactly one DUID. See
            <xref target="RFC3315-9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 11"/> for details of the ways in which
            a DUID may be constructed.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.21">encapsulated option</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.22">A DHCP option that is usually
            only contained in another option. For example, the IA Address
            option is contained in IA_NA options (see
            <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/> and <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>, respectively). See 
            <xref target="RFC7227" sectionFormat="of" section="9" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7227#section-9" derivedContent="RFC7227"/> for a more complete definition.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.23">IA</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.24">Identity Association: a collection of leases
            assigned to a client. Each IA has an associated IAID (see below).
            A client may have more than one IA assigned to it -- for example,
            one for each of its interfaces. Each IA holds one type of
            lease; for example, an identity association for non-temporary
            addresses (IA_NA) holds addresses, and an identity
            association for prefix delegation (IA_PD) holds delegated
            prefixes. Throughout this document, "IA" is used to refer to
            an identity association without identifying the type
            of a lease in the IA. This document defines three IA types:
            IA_NA, IA_TA (obsoleted), and IA_PD. Another IA type (IA_LL) was
            defined in <xref target="RFC8947" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8947"/> and more
            may be defined.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.25">IA option(s)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.26">In this document, one or more IA_NA, IA_TA (obsoleted), and/or IA_PD options.
            Another IA type (IA_LL) was defined in <xref target="RFC8947" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8947"/>
            and more may be defined.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.27">IAID</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.28">Identity Association Identifier: an identifier
            for an IA, chosen by the client. Each IA has an IAID, which is
            chosen to be unique among IAIDs for IAs of a specific type that
            belong to that client.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.29">IA_NA</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.30">Identity Association for Non-temporary
            Addresses: an IA that carries assigned addresses. See <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/> for details on the IA_NA option.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.31">IA_PD</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.32">Identity Association for Prefix Delegation: an
            IA that carries delegated prefixes.
            See <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/> for details on the
            IA_PD option.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.33">IA_TA</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.34">Identity Association for Temporary Addresses:
            an IA that carries temporary addresses (see <xref target="RFC8981" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8981"/>). This
            option is obsoleted by this document. See <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/>
            for details.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.35">lease</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.36">A contract by which the server grants the use
            of an address or delegated prefix to the client for a specified
            period of time.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.37">message</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.38">A unit of data carried as the payload of a
            UDP datagram, exchanged among DHCP servers, relay agents, and
            clients.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.39">Reconfigure key</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.40">A key supplied to a client by a
            server. Used to provide security for Reconfigure messages (see <xref target="reconfigure-protocol" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20.4"/> for use cases for the reconfigure key).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.41">relaying</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.42">A DHCP relay agent relays DHCP messages
            between DHCP participants.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.43">retransmission</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.44">Another attempt to send the same
            DHCP message by a client or server, as a result of not
            receiving a valid response to the previously sent messages.
            The retransmitted message is typically modified prior to sending,
            as required by the DHCP specifications. In particular, the
            client updates the value of the Elapsed Time option in the
            retransmitted message.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.45">RKAP</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.46">The Reconfiguration Key Authentication
            Protocol (see <xref target="reconfigure-protocol" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20.4"/>).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.47">singleton option</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.48">An option that is allowed to appear
            only once as a top-level option or at any encapsulation level.
            Most options are singletons.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.49">T1</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.50">The time interval after which the client is
            expected to contact the server that did the assignment to extend
            (renew) the lifetimes of the addresses assigned (via IA_NA option(s)) and/or
            prefixes delegated (via IA_PD option(s)) to the client. T1 is expressed as
            an absolute value in messages (in seconds), is conveyed within IA
            containers (currently the IA_NA and IA_PD options), and is interpreted as a time
            interval since the message's reception. The value stored in the T1 field in
            IA options is referred to as the T1 value. The actual time when the
            timer expires is referred to as the T1 time.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.51">T2</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.52">The time interval after which the client is
            expected to contact any available server to extend (rebind) the
            lifetimes of the addresses assigned (via IA_NA option(s)) and/or prefixes
            delegated (via IA_PD option(s)) to the client. T2 is expressed as an absolute value
            in messages (in seconds), is conveyed within IA containers
            (currently the IA_NA and IA_PD options), and is interpreted as a time interval
            since the message's reception. The value stored in the T2 field in IA options
            is referred to as the T2 value. The actual time when the timer expires
            is referred to as the T2 time.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.53">top-level option</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.54">An option conveyed in a DHCP
            message directly, i.e., not encapsulated in any other option, as
            described in <xref target="RFC7227" sectionFormat="of" section="9" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7227#section-9" derivedContent="RFC7227"/>.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-4.2-2.55">transaction ID</dt>
          <dd pn="section-4.2-2.56">An opaque value used to match
            responses with replies initiated by either a client or a
            server.</dd>
        </dl>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="Client-Server-Exchanges" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-5">
      <name slugifiedName="name-client-server-exchanges">Client/Server Exchanges</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-5-1">Clients and servers exchange DHCP messages using UDP
     (see <xref target="RFC0768" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC0768"/> and <xref target="BCP145" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="BCP145"/>).
     The client uses a link-local source address or
     addresses determined through other mechanisms for transmitting and
     receiving DHCP messages.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-5-2">A DHCP client sends all messages using a reserved, link-scoped
     multicast destination address (All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers - ff02::1:2) so that the client need not be
     configured with the address or addresses of DHCP servers.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-5-3">To allow a DHCP client to send a message to a DHCP server that is
     not attached to the same link, a DHCP relay agent on the client's link
     will relay messages between the client and server. The operation of
     the relay agent is transparent to the client. The discussion of
     message exchanges in the remainder of this section will omit the
     description of the relaying of messages by relay agents.</t>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-1.2" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-5.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-client-server-exchanges-inv">Client/Server Exchanges Involving Two Messages</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-5.1-1">When a DHCP client does not need to have a DHCP server assign
        IP addresses or delegated prefixes to it, the client can obtain other
        configuration information such as a
        list of available DNS servers <xref target="RFC3646" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC3646"/> or
        NTP servers <xref target="RFC5908" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC5908"/> through a single message and
        reply exchange with a DHCP server. To obtain other configuration
        information, the client first sends an Information-request message to
        the All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers multicast address. Servers
        respond with a Reply message containing the other configuration
        information for the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-5.1-2">A client may also request the server to expedite address assignment
        and/or prefix delegation by using a two-message
        exchange instead of the normal four-message exchange as discussed
        in the next section. Expedited assignment can be requested by the
        client, and servers may or may not honor the request (see
        Sections <xref target="RFC3315-17.2.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="18.3.1"/>
        and <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="21.14"/>
        for more details and why servers may not honor this request).
        Clients may request this expedited service in environments where it
        is likely that there is only one server available on a link and no
        expectation that a second server would become available, or when
        completing the configuration process as quickly as possible is a
        priority.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-5.1-3">To request the expedited two-message exchange, the client
        sends a Solicit message to the All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers multicast address
        requesting the assignment of addresses and/or delegated prefixes and other configuration
        information. This message includes an indication (the Rapid Commit
        option; see <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>) that the client is
        willing to accept an immediate Reply message from the server. The
        server that is willing to commit the assignment of addresses and/or
        delegated prefixes to the client immediately responds with a Reply
        message. The configuration information and the addresses and/or
        delegated prefixes in the Reply message are then
        immediately available for use by the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-5.1-4">Each address or delegated prefix assigned to the client has associated preferred and
        valid lifetimes specified by the server. To request an extension of
        the lifetimes assigned to an address or delegated prefix, the client sends a Renew message
        to the server. The server sends a Reply message to the client with the
        new lifetimes, allowing the client to continue to use the address or
        delegated prefix without interruption. If the server is unable to extend
        the lifetime of an address or delegated prefix, it indicates this by
        returning the address or delegated prefix with lifetimes of 0. At the same
        time, the server may assign other addresses or delegated prefixes.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-5.1-5">See <xref target="configuration-exchange" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18"/> for descriptions of
        additional two-message exchanges between the client and server.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-1.3" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-5.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-client-server-exchanges-invo">Client/Server Exchanges Involving Four Messages</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-5.2-1">To request the assignment of one or more addresses and/or delegated prefixes, a client
        first locates a DHCP server and then requests the assignment of
        addresses and/or delegated prefixes and other configuration information from the server. The
        client sends a Solicit message to the
        All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers multicast address to find available DHCP
        servers. Any server that can meet the client's requirements responds
        with an Advertise message.  The client then chooses one of the servers and sends a Request message
to the server asking for the lease of addresses and/or delegated
prefixes and other configuration information.  The server responds with a
Reply message that contains the leased addresses, delegated prefixes,
and configuration.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-5.2-2">As described in the previous section, the client can request an
        extension of the lifetimes assigned to addresses or delegated prefixes
        (this is a two-message exchange).</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-5.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-server-client-exchanges">Server/Client Exchanges</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-5.3-1">A server that has previously communicated with a client and negotiated
          for the client to listen for Reconfigure messages may send the client
          a Reconfigure message to initiate the client to update its configuration
          by sending an Information-request, Renew, or Rebind message.
          Reconfigure messages are authenticated as per <xref target="reconfigure-protocol" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20.4"/>.
          The client then
          performs the two-message exchange as described earlier. This can be used to
          expedite configuration changes to a client, such as the need to renumber
          a network (see <xref target="RFC6879" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6879"/> and <xref target="RFC9096" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC9096"/>).
        </t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="OpModes" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-6">
      <name slugifiedName="name-operational-models">Operational Models</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-6-1">This section describes some of the current most common DHCP
      operational models. The described models are not mutually exclusive and
      are sometimes used together. For example, a device may start in stateful
      mode to obtain an address and, at a later time when an application is
      started, request additional parameters using stateless mode.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-6-2">This document assumes that the DHCP servers and the client,
      communicating with the servers via a specific interface, belong to a
      single provisioning domain.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-6-3">DHCP may be extended to support additional stateful services that
      may interact with one or more of the models described below. Such
      interaction should be considered and documented as part of any future
      protocol extension.</t>
      <section anchor="OpModes-Stateless" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-6.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-stateless-dhcp">Stateless DHCP</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.1-1">Stateless DHCP can be
        used at any time, typically when a node requires
        some missing or expired configuration information that is available
        via DHCP.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.1-2">This is the simplest and most basic operation for DHCP and requires
        a client (and a server) to support only two messages --
        Information-request and Reply. Note that DHCP servers and
        relay agents typically also need to support the Relay-forward and
        Relay-reply messages to accommodate operation when clients and
        servers are not on the same link.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="OpModes-NA" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-6.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-for-non-temporary-addr">DHCP for Non-Temporary Address Assignment</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.2-1">This model of operation was the original motivation for DHCP.
        It is appropriate for situations where
        stateless address autoconfiguration alone is insufficient or
        impractical, e.g., because of network policy, additional requirements
        such as dynamic updates to the DNS, or client-specific requirements.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.2-2">The model of operation for non-temporary address assignment is as
        follows:
        </t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-6.2-3">
          <li pn="section-6.2-3.1">The server is provided with prefixes from which it may
        assign addresses to clients, as well as any related network topology
        information as to which prefixes are present on which links.
        </li>
          <li pn="section-6.2-3.2">A client requests a non-temporary address to be assigned by the server. The
        server allocates an address or addresses appropriate for the link on
        which the client is connected.
        </li>
          <li pn="section-6.2-3.3">The server returns the allocated address or addresses to the client.
        </li>
        </ul>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.2-4">Each address has associated preferred and valid lifetimes (see <xref target="RFC3315-10.1" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 12.1"/>), which
        constitute an agreement about the length of time over which the
        client is allowed to use the address. A client can request an
        extension of the lifetimes on an address and is required to terminate
        the use of an address if the valid lifetime of the address
        expires.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.2-5">Typically, clients request other configuration parameters, such as
        the DNS name server addresses and domain search lists, when requesting
        addresses.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.2-6">Clients can also request more than one address or set of addresses
        (see Sections <xref target="multiple-addrs" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="6.5"/>
        and <xref target="RFC3315-10" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="12"/>).</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="OpModes-PD" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-6.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-for-prefix-delegation">DHCP for Prefix Delegation</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-1">The prefix delegation mechanism is another stateful mode of operation and
        was originally intended for simple delegation of prefixes from a
        DHCP server to DHCP clients (typically routers).
        It is appropriate for situations in which the client
        (1) does not have knowledge about the topology of the
        networks to which it is attached and
        (2) does not require other information to choose a prefix for delegation.
        This mechanism is appropriate for use by an ISP to
        delegate a prefix to a subscriber, where the delegated prefix would
        possibly be subnetted and assigned to the links within the
        subscriber's network. <xref target="RFC7084" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7084"/> and
        <xref target="RFC7368" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7368"/> describe such use in detail.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-2">The design of this prefix delegation mechanism meets the requirements
        for prefix delegation in <xref target="RFC3769" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC3769"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-3">DHCP prefix delegation itself does not require that the client forward
        IP packets not addressed to itself and thus does not require
        that the client (or server) be a router as defined in
        <xref target="RFC8200" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8200"/>. Also, in many cases (such as tethering
        or hosting virtual machines), hosts are already forwarding IP
        packets and thus are operating as routers as defined in
        <xref target="RFC8200" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8200"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-4">The model of operation for prefix delegation is as follows:
        </t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-6.3-5">
          <li pn="section-6.3-5.1">The
        server is provisioned with prefixes to be delegated to
        clients.
        </li>
          <li pn="section-6.3-5.2">A client requests prefix(es) from the
        server, as described in <xref target="configuration-exchange" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18"/>.
        </li>
          <li pn="section-6.3-5.3">The server chooses
        prefix(es) for delegation and responds with prefix(es) to the
        client.
        </li>
          <li pn="section-6.3-5.4">The client is then responsible for the
        delegated prefix(es). For example, the client might assign
        a subnet from a delegated prefix to one of its interfaces and begin
        sending Router Advertisements for the prefix on that link.
        </li>
        </ul>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-6">Each prefix has an associated preferred lifetime and
        valid lifetime (see <xref target="RFC3315-10.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 12.2"/>), which constitute an agreement about the length of time
        over which the client is allowed to use the prefix. A client
        can request an extension of the lifetimes on a delegated prefix and is
        required to terminate the use of a delegated prefix if the valid
        lifetime of the prefix expires.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-7"><xref target="FigISPNetwork" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Figure 1"/> illustrates a network
        architecture in which prefix delegation could be used.</t>
        <figure anchor="FigISPNetwork" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-1">
          <name slugifiedName="name-prefix-delegation-network">Prefix Delegation Network</name>
          <artwork alt="Network architecture" align="left" pn="section-6.3-8.1">
                 ______________________         \
                /                      \         \
               |    ISP core network    |         \
                \__________ ___________/           |
                           |                       |
                   +-------+-------+               |
                   |  Aggregation  |               | ISP
                   |    device     |               | network
                   +-------+-------+               |
                           |                      /
                           |Network link to      /
                           |subscriber premises /
                           |
                    +------+--------+           \
                    |      CPE      |            \
                    | (DHCP client) |             \
                    +----+---+------+              |
                         |   |                     | Subscriber
  ---+-------------+-----+   +-----+------         | network
     |             |               |               |
+----+-----+ +-----+----+     +----+-----+         |
|Subscriber| |Subscriber|     |Subscriber|        /
|    PC    | |    PC    |     |    PC    |       /
+----------+ +----------+     +----------+      /</artwork>
        </figure>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-9">In this example, the server (in the ISP core network or integrated
        in the aggregation device) is configured with a set of
        prefixes to be used for assignment to customers at the time of each
        customer's first connection to the ISP service. The prefix delegation
        process begins when the client (or Customer Premises Equipment (CPE)) requests configuration
        information through DHCP. The DHCP messages from the client
        are received by the server via the aggregation device. When
        the server receives the request, it selects an available
        prefix or prefixes for delegation to the client. The
        server then returns the prefix or prefixes to the
        client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-10">The client subnets the delegated prefix and assigns the
        longer prefixes to links in the subscriber's network. In a typical
        scenario based on the network shown in <xref target="FigISPNetwork" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Figure 1"/>, the client subnets a single
        delegated /48 prefix into /64 prefixes and assigns one /64 prefix to
        each of the links in the subscriber network.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-11">The prefix delegation options can be used in conjunction with other
        DHCP options carrying other configuration information to the
        client. The client may, in turn, provide DHCP
        service to nodes attached to the internal network. For example, the
        client may obtain the addresses of DNS and NTP servers from
        the ISP server and then pass that configuration
        information on to the subscriber hosts through a DHCP server in the
        client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-12">If the client uses a delegated prefix to configure addresses on
       interfaces on itself or other nodes behind it, the preferred and
       valid lifetimes of those addresses <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be no longer than the
       remaining preferred and valid lifetimes, respectively, for the
       delegated prefix at any time. In particular, if the delegated
       prefix or a prefix derived from it is advertised for stateless
       address autoconfiguration <xref target="RFC4862" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4862"/>, the advertised
       preferred and valid lifetimes <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> exceed the corresponding
       remaining lifetimes of the delegated prefix.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-13">
         A client that has delegated any of the address space received through
         DHCP Prefix Delegation <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> issue a DHCP Release on the relevant
         delegated prefix while any of the address space is outstanding.
         That includes addresses leased out by DHCPv6 (IA_NA), prefixes delegated
         via DHCPv6-PD (IA_PD), and addresses autoconfigured by IPv6 Router
         Advertisements.
         Requirement WPD-9 in <xref target="RFC9096" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC9096"/> makes this
         the best current practice.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-14">
         <xref target="RFC9096" section="3.3" sectionFormat="comma" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9096#section-3.3" derivedContent="RFC9096"/> 
         provides further guidance on coordination of lifetimes between WAN
         (DHCPv6-PD client) and LAN (DHCPv6-PD server) sides.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.3-15">Several problems related to Prefix Delegation and Relay Agents and a set of
       requirements to address them are defined in <xref target="RFC8987" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8987"/>.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="OpModes-CPE" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-6.4">
        <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-for-customer-edge-rout">DHCP for Customer Edge Routers</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.4-1">The DHCP requirements and network architecture for Customer Edge
        Routers are described in <xref target="RFC7084" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7084"/>,
        with improvements for renumbering described in
        <xref target="RFC9096" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC9096"/>. This model of
        operation combines address assignment (see <xref target="OpModes-NA" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 6.2"/>) and prefix delegation (see <xref target="OpModes-PD" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 6.3"/>). In general, this model assumes that a
        single set of transactions between the client and server will assign
        or extend the client's non-temporary addresses and delegated
        prefixes.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="multiple-addrs" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-6.5">
        <name slugifiedName="name-multiple-addresses-and-pref">Multiple Addresses and Prefixes</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.5-1">DHCP allows a client to receive multiple addresses.
        During typical operation, a client sends one instance
        of an IA_NA option and the server assigns at most one address from
        each prefix assigned to the link to which the client is attached.
        In
        particular, the server can be configured to serve addresses out
        of multiple prefixes for a given link. This is useful in cases
        such as when a network renumbering event is in progress. In a typical
        deployment, the server will grant one address for each IA_NA
        option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>).</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.5-2">To meet the recommendations of <xref target="RFC7934" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7934"/>,
        a client can explicitly request multiple addresses by sending
        multiple IA_NA options. A client can send multiple
        IA_NA options in its initial transmissions.
        Alternatively, it can send an extra Request message
        with additional new IA_NA options (or include them
        in a Renew message).</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.5-3">The same principle also applies to prefix delegation. In
        principle, DHCP allows a client to request new prefixes
        to be delegated by sending additional IA_PD options
        (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>). However, a
        typical operator usually prefers to delegate a single, larger
        prefix. In most deployments, it is recommended that the client
        request a larger prefix in its initial transmissions rather than
        request additional prefixes later on.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.5-4">The exact behavior of the server (whether to grant additional
        addresses and prefixes or not) is up to the server policy and is
        out of scope for this document.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.5-5">For more information on how the server distinguishes between
        IA option instances, see <xref target="RFC3315-10" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 12"/>.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="use-case-addr-registration" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-6.6">
        <name slugifiedName="name-registering-self-generated-">Registering Self-Generated Addresses</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.6-1"><xref target="RFC9686" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC9686"/> introduces a method for
        devices to register their self-generated or statically configured addresses
        in the DHCPv6 servers. The general idea is that devices would notify the
        server about addresses that they are using, so that the server can log
        or record these addresses as required by local policy.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-6.6-2">The major specificity of this mechanism is that the address
        selection is not done by the DHCP server, but by the device itself. The majority
        of the lifecycle remains the same in principle: a lease is created by the server,
        the device performs periodic actions to get the lease renewed, and, eventually,
        the lease can expire. However, this mechanism uses different message types
        (ADDR-REG-INFORM and ADDR-REG-REPLY) and has different source address requirements,
        as defined in <xref target="RFC9686" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC9686"/>.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="dhcp-constants" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-7">
      <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-constants">DHCP Constants</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-7-1">This section describes various program and networking constants used
      by DHCP.</t>
      <section anchor="mutlicastAddr" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-7.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-multicast-addresses">Multicast Addresses</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.1-1">The following multicast addresses are used by DHCPv6:</t>
        <dl newline="true" spacing="normal" indent="3" pn="section-7.1-2">
          <dt pn="section-7.1-2.1">All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers (ff02::1:2)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.1-2.2">A link-scoped multicast address used by a client to
            communicate with neighboring (i.e., on-link) relay agents and
            servers. All servers and relay agents are members of this
            multicast group.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.1-2.3">All_DHCP_Servers (ff05::1:3)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.1-2.4">A site-scoped multicast address used by a
            relay agent to communicate with servers, either because
            the relay agent wants to send messages to all servers or
            because it does not know the unicast addresses of the servers.
            Note that in order for a relay agent to use this address, it must
            have an address of sufficient scope to be reachable by the
            servers. All servers within the site are members of this multicast
            group on the interfaces that are within the site.</dd>
        </dl>
      </section>
      <section anchor="udp-ports" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-7.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-udp-ports">UDP Ports</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.2-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> listen for DHCP messages on UDP port 546.
        Servers and relay agents <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> listen for DHCP messages on
        UDP port 547.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.2-2">Therefore, clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> send DHCP messages to UDP
        destination port 547. Servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> send
        Relay-reply messages to UDP destination port 547
        and client messages to UDP destination port 546.
        Relay agents <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> send Relay-forward and Relay-reply
        messages to UDP destination port 547 and client messages
        to UDP destination port 546.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.2-3">It is <bcp14>RECOMMENDED</bcp14> for clients to send messages from UDP
        source port 546 and for servers and relay agents from UDP
        source port 547. However, clients, servers, and relay agents
        <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> send DHCP messages from any UDP source port they
        are allowed to use.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.2-4">Please note that the Relay Source Port Option
        <xref target="RFC8357" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8357"/>
        changes some of these rules for servers and relays agents.
        </t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-5.3" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-7.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-message-types">DHCP Message Types</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.3-1">DHCP defines the following message types. The formats of these
        messages are provided in
        Sections <xref target="RFC3315-6" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="8"/> and
        <xref target="RFC3315-7" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="9"/>.
        Additional message types
        have been defined and may be defined in the future; see
        <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/dhcpv6-parameters"/>.
        The numeric encoding for each message type is shown in parentheses.</t>
        <dl newline="true" spacing="normal" indent="3" pn="section-7.3-2">
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.1">SOLICIT (1)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.2">A client sends a Solicit message to
            locate servers.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.3">ADVERTISE (2)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.4">A server sends an Advertise message to
            indicate that it is available for DHCP service, in response to a
            Solicit message received from a client.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.5">REQUEST (3)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.6">A client sends a Request message to
            request configuration parameters, including addresses and/or
            delegated prefixes, from a specific server.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.7">CONFIRM (4)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.8">A client sends a Confirm message to any
            available server to determine whether the addresses it was
            assigned are still appropriate to the link to which the client is
            connected.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.9">RENEW (5)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.10">A client sends a Renew message to the
            server that originally provided the client's leases and
            configuration parameters to extend the lifetimes on the leases
            assigned to the client and to update other configuration
            parameters.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.11">REBIND (6)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.12">A client sends a Rebind message to any
            available server to extend the lifetimes on the leases assigned
            to the client and to update other configuration parameters; this
            message is sent after a client receives no response to a Renew
            message.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.13">REPLY (7)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.14">A server sends a Reply message containing
            assigned leases and configuration parameters in response to a
            Solicit, Request, Renew, or Rebind message received from a client. A
            server sends a Reply message containing configuration parameters
            in response to an Information-request message. A server sends a
            Reply message in response to a Confirm message confirming or
            denying that the addresses assigned to the client are appropriate
            to the link to which the client is connected. A server sends a
            Reply message to acknowledge receipt of a Release or Decline
            message.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.15">RELEASE (8)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.16">A client sends a Release message to the
            server that assigned leases to the client to indicate that the
            client will no longer use one or more of the assigned
            leases.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.17">DECLINE (9)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.18">A client sends a Decline message to a
            server to indicate that the client has determined that one or more
            addresses assigned by the server are already in use on the link to
            which the client is connected.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.19">RECONFIGURE (10)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.20">A server sends a Reconfigure
            message to a client to inform the client that the server has new
            or updated configuration parameters and that the client is to
            initiate a Renew/Reply, Rebind/Reply, or
            Information-request/Reply transaction with the server in
            order to receive the updated information.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.21">INFORMATION-REQUEST (11)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.22">A client sends an
            Information-request message to a server to request configuration
            parameters without the assignment of any leases to the
            client.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.23">RELAY-FORW (12)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.24">A relay agent sends a Relay-forward
            message to relay messages to servers, either directly or through
            another relay agent. The received message -- either a client
            message or a Relay-forward message from another relay agent -- is
            encapsulated in an option in the Relay-forward message.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.25">RELAY-REPL (13)</dt>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.26">A server sends a Relay-reply message
            to a relay agent containing a message that the relay agent
            delivers to a client. The Relay-reply message may be relayed by
            other relay agents for delivery to the destination relay
            agent.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-7.3-2.27"/>
          <dd pn="section-7.3-2.28">The server encapsulates the client message as an option in the
            Relay-reply message, which the relay agent extracts and relays to
            the client.</dd>
        </dl>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-7.4">
        <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-option-codes">DHCP Option Codes</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.4-1">DHCP makes extensive use of options in messages; some of these
        are defined later, in <xref target="RFC3315-22" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21"/>. Additional options
        are defined in other documents or may be defined in the future
        (see <xref target="RFC7227" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7227"/> for guidance on new option
        definitions).</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-7.5">
        <name slugifiedName="name-status-codes">Status Codes</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.5-1">DHCP uses status codes to communicate the success or failure of
        operations requested in messages from clients and servers and to
        provide additional information about the specific cause of the failure
        of a message. The specific status codes are defined in <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.5-2">If the Status Code option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) does
        not appear in a message in which the
        option could appear, the status of the message is assumed to be
        Success.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-5.5" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-7.6">
        <name slugifiedName="name-transmission-and-retransmis">Transmission and Retransmission Parameters</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.6-1">The table of values (<xref target="Trans-Parameters-Table" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Table 1"/>) is used to describe the
        message transmission behavior of clients and servers. Some of
        the values are adjusted by a randomization factor and backoffs
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>). Transmissions may also
        be influenced by rate limiting (see <xref target="rate-limit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 14.1"/>).</t>
        <table anchor="Trans-Parameters-Table" align="center" pn="table-1">
          <name slugifiedName="name-transmission-and-retransmiss">Transmission and Retransmission Parameters</name>
          <thead>
            <tr>
              <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Parameter</th>
              <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Default</th>
              <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Description</th>
            </tr>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">SOL_MAX_DELAY</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1 sec</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max delay of first Solicit</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">SOL_TIMEOUT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1 sec</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Initial Solicit timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">SOL_MAX_RT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">3600 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Solicit timeout value</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REQ_TIMEOUT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1 sec</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Initial Request timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REQ_MAX_RT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">30 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Request timeout value</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REQ_MAX_RC</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">10</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Request retry attempts</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">CNF_MAX_DELAY</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1 sec</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max delay of first Confirm</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">CNF_TIMEOUT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1 sec</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Initial Confirm timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">CNF_MAX_RT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">4 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Confirm timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">CNF_MAX_RD</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">10 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Confirm duration</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REN_TIMEOUT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">10 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Initial Renew timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REN_MAX_RT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">600 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Renew timeout value</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REB_TIMEOUT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">10 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Initial Rebind timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REB_MAX_RT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">600 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Rebind timeout value</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">INF_MAX_DELAY</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1 sec</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max delay of first Information-request</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">INF_TIMEOUT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1 sec</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Initial Information-request timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">INF_MAX_RT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">3600 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Information-request timeout value</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REL_TIMEOUT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1 sec</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Initial Release timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REL_MAX_RC</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">4</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Release retry attempts</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">DEC_TIMEOUT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1 sec</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Initial Decline timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">DEC_MAX_RC</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">4</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Decline retry attempts</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REC_TIMEOUT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">2 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Initial Reconfigure timeout</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">REC_MAX_RC</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">8</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max Reconfigure attempts</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">HOP_COUNT_LIMIT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">8</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max hop count in a Relay-forward message</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IRT_DEFAULT</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">86400 secs (24 hours)</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Default information refresh time</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IRT_MINIMUM</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">600 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Min information refresh time</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">MAX_WAIT_TIME</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">60 secs</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Max required time to wait for a response</td>
            </tr>
          </tbody>
        </table>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-5.6" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-7.7">
        <name slugifiedName="name-representation-of-time-valu">Representation of Time Values and "Infinity" as a Time Value</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.7-1">All time values for lifetimes, T1, and T2 are unsigned 32-bit integers
        and are expressed in units of seconds. The value 0xffffffff is taken to mean
        "infinity" when used as a lifetime (as in <xref target="RFC4861" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4861"/>) or a
        value for T1 or T2.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.7-2">Setting the valid lifetime of an address or a
        delegated prefix to 0xffffffff ("infinity") amounts to a permanent
        assignment of an address or delegation to a client and should only be
        used in cases where permanent assignments are desired.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-7.7-3">Care should be taken in setting T1 or T2 to 0xffffffff
        ("infinity"). A client will never attempt to extend the lifetimes of
        any addresses in an IA with T1 set to 0xffffffff. A client will never
        attempt to use a Rebind message to locate a different server to extend
        the lifetimes of any addresses in an IA with T2 set to 0xffffffff.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-6" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-8">
      <name slugifiedName="name-client-server-message-forma">Client/Server Message Formats</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-8-1">All DHCP messages sent between clients and servers share an identical
      fixed-format header and a variable-format area for options.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-8-2">All values in the message header and in options are in network byte
      order.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-8-3">Options are stored serially in the "options" field, with no padding
      between the options. Options are byte-aligned but are not aligned in any
      other way (such as on 2-byte or 4-byte boundaries).</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-8-4">The following diagram illustrates the format of DHCP messages sent
      between clients and servers:</t>
      <figure anchor="FigClientServerMsg" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-client-server-message-format">Client/Server Message Format</name>
        <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-8-5.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    msg-type   |               transaction-id                  |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.                            options                            .
.                 (variable number and length)                  .
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
      </figure>
      <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-8-6">
        <dt pn="section-8-6.1">msg-type:</dt>
        <dd pn="section-8-6.2">Identifies the DHCP message type; the
          available message types are listed in <xref target="RFC3315-5.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.3"/>. A 1-octet field.</dd>
        <dt pn="section-8-6.3">transaction-id:</dt>
        <dd pn="section-8-6.4">The transaction ID for this message
          exchange. A 3-octet field.</dd>
        <dt pn="section-8-6.5">options:</dt>
        <dd pn="section-8-6.6">Options carried in this message; options
          are described in <xref target="RFC3315-22" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21"/>. A variable-length
          field (4 octets less than the size of the message).</dd>
      </dl>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-7" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-9">
      <name slugifiedName="name-relay-agent-server-message-">Relay Agent/Server Message Formats</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-9-1">Relay agents exchange messages with other relay agents and servers
      to relay messages between
      clients and servers that are not connected to the same link.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-9-2">All values in the message header and in options are in network byte
      order.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-9-3">Options are stored serially in the "options" field, with no padding
      between the options. Options are byte-aligned but are not aligned in any
      other way (such as on 2-byte or 4-byte boundaries).</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-9-4">There are two relay agent messages (Relay-forward and Relay-reply),
      which share the following format:</t>
      <figure anchor="FigRelayServerMsg" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-relay-agent-server-message-f">Relay Agent/Server Message Format</name>
        <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-9-5.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    msg-type   |   hop-count   |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
|                                                               |
|                         link-address                          |
|                                                               |
|                               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-|
|                               |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
|                                                               |
|                         peer-address                          |
|                                                               |
|                               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-|
|                               |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
.                                                               .
.            options (variable number and length)   ....        .
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
      </figure>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-9-6">The following sections describe the use of the relay agent message
      header.</t>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-9.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-relay-forward-message">Relay-forward Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-9.1-1">The following list defines the use of message fields in a
        Relay-forward message.</t>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-9.1-2">
          <dt pn="section-9.1-2.1">   msg-type:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.1-2.2">RELAY-FORW (12). A 1-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-9.1-2.3">   hop-count:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.1-2.4">Number of relay agents that
            have already relayed this message. A 1-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-9.1-2.5">   link-address:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.1-2.6">An address that may be used by the
            server to identify the link on which the client is located. This
            is typically a globally scoped unicast address
            (i.e., GUA or ULA), but see the discussion
            in <xref target="relaying-from-client" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 19.1.1"/>. A 16-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-9.1-2.7">   peer-address:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.1-2.8">The address of the client or relay
            agent from which the message to be relayed was received. A
            16-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-9.1-2.9">   options:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.1-2.10">
            <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Relay Message option
            (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.10" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.10"/>); <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include other
            options, such as the Interface-Id option (see
            <xref target="RFC3315-22.18" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.18"/>), added by the relay agent. A
            variable-length field
            (34 octets less than the size of the message).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-9.1-3">See <xref target="addr-assign-ia-na" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 13.1"/> for an explanation of
        how the link-address field is used.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-9.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-relay-reply-message">Relay-reply Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-9.2-1">The following list defines the use of message fields in a
        Relay-reply message.</t>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-9.2-2">
          <dt pn="section-9.2-2.1">   msg-type:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.2-2.2">RELAY-REPL (13).
            A 1-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-9.2-2.3">   hop-count:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.2-2.4">Copied from the Relay-forward
            message. A 1-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-9.2-2.5">   link-address:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.2-2.6">Copied from the Relay-forward
            message. A 16-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-9.2-2.7">   peer-address:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.2-2.8">Copied from the Relay-forward
            message. A 16-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-9.2-2.9">   options:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-9.2-2.10">
            <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Relay Message option
            (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.10" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.10"/>); <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include other
            options, such as the Interface-Id option (see
            <xref target="RFC3315-22.18" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.18"/>). A variable-length field
            (34 octets less than the size of the message).</dd>
        </dl>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-8" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-10">
      <name slugifiedName="name-representation-and-use-of-d">Representation and Use of Domain Names</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-10-1">So that domain names may be encoded uniformly, a domain name or a
      list of domain names is encoded using the technique described in <xref target="RFC1035" sectionFormat="of" section="3.1" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc1035#section-3.1" derivedContent="RFC1035"/>.  The message
      compression scheme in <xref target="RFC1035" sectionFormat="of" section="4.1.4" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc1035#section-4.1.4" derivedContent="RFC1035"/> <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> be used.
      </t>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-9" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-11">
      <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-unique-identifier-duid">DHCP Unique Identifier (DUID)</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-11-1">Each DHCP client and server has a DUID. DHCP servers use DUIDs to
      identify clients for the selection of configuration parameters and in
      the association of IAs with clients. DHCP clients use DUIDs to identify
      a server in messages where a server needs to be identified. See
      Sections <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="21.2"/> and
      <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="21.3"/>
      for details regarding the representation of a DUID in a DHCP message.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-11-2">Clients and servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> treat DUIDs as opaque values and <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> only
      compare DUIDs for equality. Clients and servers <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> in any other
      way interpret DUIDs. Clients and servers <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> restrict DUIDs to the
      types defined in this document, as additional DUID types may be defined
      in the future. It should be noted that an attempt to parse a DUID to
      obtain a client's link-layer address is unreliable, as there is no
      guarantee that the client is still using the same link-layer
      address as when it generated its DUID. Also, such an attempt will be
      more and more unreliable as more clients adopt privacy measures
      such as those defined in <xref target="RFC7844" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7844"/>.
      If this capability is required, it is recommended to rely on the
      Client Link-Layer Address option instead
      <xref target="RFC6939" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6939"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-11-3">The DUID is carried in an option because it may be variable in length
      and because it is not required in all DHCP messages. The DUID is
      designed to be unique across all DHCP clients and servers, and stable
      for any specific client or server.  That is, the DUID used by a
      client or server <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> change over time if at all possible; for
      example, a device's DUID should not change as a result of a change in
      the device's network hardware or changes to virtual interfaces (e.g.,
      logical PPP (over Ethernet) interfaces that may come and go in
      Customer Premises Equipment routers). The client
      may change its DUID as specified in <xref target="RFC7844" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7844"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-11-4">The motivation for having more than one type of DUID is that the DUID
      must be globally unique and must also be easy to generate. The sort of
      globally unique identifier that is easy to generate for any given device
      can differ quite widely. Also, some devices may not contain any
      persistent storage. Retaining a generated DUID in such a device is not
      possible, so the DUID scheme must accommodate such devices.</t>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-9.1" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-11.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-duid-contents">DUID Contents</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.1-1">A DUID consists of a 2-octet type code represented in network
        byte order, followed by a variable number of octets that make up the
        actual identifier. The length of the DUID (not including the type
        code) is at least 1 octet and at most 128 octets. The following types
        are currently defined:</t>
        <table anchor="DUID-Types-Table" align="center" pn="table-2">
          <name slugifiedName="name-duid-types">DUID Types</name>
          <thead>
            <tr>
              <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Type</th>
              <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Description</th>
            </tr>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Link-layer address plus time</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">2</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Vendor-assigned unique ID based on Enterprise Number</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">3</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Link-layer address</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">4</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) <xref target="RFC6355" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6355"/></td>
            </tr>
          </tbody>
        </table>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.1-3">Formats for the variable field of the DUID for the first three of the
        above types are shown below. The fourth type, DUID-UUID <xref target="RFC6355" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6355"/>, can be used in situations where there is a
        UUID stored in a device's firmware settings.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-11.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-duid-based-on-link-layer-ad">DUID Based on Link-Layer Address Plus Time (DUID-LLT)</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.2-1">This type of DUID consists of a 2-octet type field containing the
        value 1, a 2-octet hardware type code, and 4 octets containing
        a time value, followed by the link-layer address of any one network
        interface that is connected to the DHCP device at the time that the
        DUID is generated. The time value is the time that the DUID is
        generated, represented in seconds since midnight (UTC), January 1,
        2000, modulo 2^32. The hardware type <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be a valid hardware type
        assigned by IANA; see <xref target="IANA-HARDWARE-TYPES" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IANA-HARDWARE-TYPES"/>. Both the
        time and the hardware type are stored in network byte order. For
        Ethernet hardware types, the link-layer address is stored in canonical
        form, as described in <xref target="RFC2464" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC2464"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.2-2">The following diagram illustrates the format of a DUID-LLT:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigDUIDLLT" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-4">
          <name slugifiedName="name-duid-llt-format">DUID-LLT Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-11.2-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|         DUID-Type (1)         |    hardware type (16 bits)    |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                        time (32 bits)                         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.             link-layer address (variable length)              .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.2-4">The choice of network interface can be completely arbitrary, as
        long as that interface provides a globally unique link-layer address
        for the link type; the same DUID-LLT <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be used in configuring
        all network interfaces connected to the device, regardless of which
        interface's link-layer address was used to generate the DUID-LLT.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.2-5">Clients and servers using this type of DUID <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> store the DUID-LLT
        in stable storage and <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> continue to use this DUID-LLT even if the
        network interface used to generate the DUID-LLT is removed. Clients
        and servers that do not have any stable storage <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> use this type
        of DUID.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.2-6">Clients and servers that use this DUID <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> attempt to configure
        the time prior to generating the DUID, if that is possible, and <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
        use some sort of time source (for example, a real-time clock) in
        generating the DUID, even if that time source could not be configured
        prior to generating the DUID. The use of a time source makes it
        unlikely that two identical DUID-LLTs will be generated if the network
        interface is removed from the client and another client then uses the
        same network interface to generate a DUID-LLT. A collision between two
        DUID-LLTs is very unlikely even if the clocks have not been configured
        prior to generating the DUID.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.2-7">This method of DUID generation is recommended for all
        general-purpose computing devices such as desktop computers and laptop
        computers, and also for devices such as printers, routers, and so on,
        that contain some form of writable non-volatile storage.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.2-8">It is possible that this algorithm for
        generating a DUID could result in a client identifier collision. A
        DHCP client that generates a DUID-LLT using this mechanism <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
        provide an administrative interface that replaces the existing DUID
        with a newly generated DUID-LLT.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-11.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-duid-assigned-by-vendor-bas">DUID Assigned by Vendor Based on Enterprise Number (DUID-EN)</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.3-1">The vendor assigns this form of DUID to the device. This DUID
        consists of the 4-octet vendor's registered Private Enterprise
        Number as maintained by IANA <xref target="IANA-PEN" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IANA-PEN"/> followed by a
        unique identifier assigned by the vendor. The following diagram
        summarizes the structure of a DUID-EN:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigDUIDEN" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-5">
          <name slugifiedName="name-duid-en-format">DUID-EN Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-11.3-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|         DUID-Type (2)         |       enterprise-number       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|   enterprise-number (contd)   |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
.                           identifier                          .
.                       (variable length)                       .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.3-3">The source of the identifier is left up to the vendor defining it,
        but each identifier part of each DUID-EN <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be unique to the device
        that is using it, and <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be assigned to the device no later than at
        the first usage and stored in some form of non-volatile storage. This
        typically means being assigned during the manufacturing process
        in the case of physical devices or, in the case of virtual machines,
        when the image is created or booted for the first time. The
        generated DUID <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be recorded in non-erasable storage. The
        enterprise-number is the vendor's registered Private
        Enterprise Number as maintained by IANA <xref target="IANA-PEN" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IANA-PEN"/>. The
        enterprise-number is stored as an unsigned 32-bit number.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.3-4">An example DUID of this type might look like this:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigDUIDENExample" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-6">
          <name slugifiedName="name-duid-en-example">DUID-EN Example</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-11.3-5.1">
+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
| 0 | 2 | 0 | 0 |126|217| 12|192|
+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+
|132|211| 3 | 0 | 9 | 18|
+---+---+---+---+---+---+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.3-6">This example includes the 2-octet type of 2 and the Enterprise
        Number (32473) (from <xref target="RFC5612" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC5612"/>), followed by 8 octets of identifier data
        (0x0CC084D303000912).</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-11.4">
        <name slugifiedName="name-duid-based-on-link-layer-add">DUID Based on Link-Layer Address (DUID-LL)</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.4-1">This type of DUID consists of 2 octets containing a DUID type
        of 3 and a 2-octet network hardware type code, followed by
        the link-layer address of any one network interface that is
        permanently connected to the client or server device. For example, a
        node that has a network interface implemented in a chip that is
        unlikely to be removed and used elsewhere could use a DUID-LL.
        The hardware type <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be a valid hardware type assigned by IANA;
        see <xref target="IANA-HARDWARE-TYPES" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IANA-HARDWARE-TYPES"/>.
        The hardware type is stored in network byte
        order. The link-layer address is stored in canonical form, as
        described in <xref target="RFC2464" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC2464"/>. The following diagram
        illustrates the format of a DUID-LL:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigDUIDLL" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-7">
          <name slugifiedName="name-duid-ll-format">DUID-LL Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-11.4-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|         DUID-Type (3)         |    hardware type (16 bits)    |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.             link-layer address (variable length)              .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.4-3">The choice of network interface can be completely arbitrary, as
        long as that interface provides a unique link-layer address and is
        permanently attached to the device on which the DUID-LL is being
        generated. The same DUID-LL <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be used in configuring all network
        interfaces connected to the device, regardless of which interface's
        link-layer address was used to generate the DUID.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.4-4">A DUID-LL is recommended for devices that have a permanently
        connected network interface with a link-layer address and do not
        have nonvolatile, writable stable storage. A DUID-LL <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> be
        used by DHCP clients or servers that cannot tell whether or not a
        network interface is permanently attached to the device on which the
        DHCP client is running.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-11.5">
        <name slugifiedName="name-duid-based-on-universally-u">DUID Based on Universally Unique Identifier (DUID-UUID)</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-11.5-1">This type of DUID consists of 16 octets containing a 128-bit
        UUID. <xref target="RFC6355" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6355"/> details when to use this type and
        how to pick an appropriate source of the UUID.
        </t>
        <figure anchor="FigDUIDUUID" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-8">
          <name slugifiedName="name-duid-uuid-format">DUID-UUID Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-11.5-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|         DUID-Type (4)         |        UUID (128 bits)        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
|                                -+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-</artwork>
        </figure>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-10" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-12">
      <name slugifiedName="name-identity-association">Identity Association</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-12-1">An Identity Association (IA) is a construct through which a server
      and a client can identify, group, and manage a set of related IPv6
      addresses or delegated prefixes. Each IA consists of an IAID and
      associated configuration information.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-12-2">The IAID uniquely identifies the IA and <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be chosen to be unique
      among the IAIDs for that IA type on the client (e.g., an IA_NA with
      an IAID of 0 and an IA_PD with an IAID of 0 are each considered unique).
      The IAID is chosen by the client. For any given use of an IA by the
      client, the IAID for that IA <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be consistent across restarts of the
      DHCP client. The client may maintain consistency by either storing the
      IAID in non-volatile storage or using an algorithm that will
      consistently produce the same IAID as long as the configuration of the
      client has not changed. There may be no way for a client to maintain
      consistency of the IAIDs if it does not have non-volatile storage and
      the client's hardware configuration changes. If the client uses only one
      IAID, it can use a well-known value, e.g., zero.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-12-3">If the client wishes to obtain a distinctly new address or prefix and
      deprecate the existing one, the client sends a Release message
      to the server for the IAs using the original IAID. The client then
      creates a new IAID, to be used in future messages to obtain leases for
      the new IA.</t>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-10.1" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-12.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-identity-associations-for-a">Identity Associations for Address Assignment</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-12.1-1">A client must associate at least one distinct IA with each of its
        network interfaces for which it is to request the assignment of IPv6
        addresses from a DHCP server. The client uses the IAs assigned to an
        interface to obtain configuration information from a server for that
        interface. Each such IA must be associated with exactly one interface.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-12.1-2">The configuration information in an IA_NA option consists of one or
        more IPv6 addresses along with the T1 and T2 values for the IA. See
        <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/> for details regarding
        the representation of an IA_NA in a DHCP message.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-12.1-3">Each address in an IA has a preferred lifetime and a valid
        lifetime, as defined in <xref target="RFC4862" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4862"/>. The lifetimes
        are transmitted from the DHCP server to the client in the IA Address
        option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>).
        The lifetimes apply to the use of addresses; see
        <xref target="RFC4862" sectionFormat="of" section="5.5.4" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4862#section-5.5.4" derivedContent="RFC4862"/>.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-10.2" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-12.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-identity-associations-for-p">Identity Associations for Prefix Delegation</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-12.2-1">An IA_PD is different from an IA for address assignment in that it
        does not need to be associated with exactly one interface. One IA_PD
        can be associated with the client, with a set of interfaces,
        or with exactly one interface. A client configured to request
        delegated prefixes must create at
        least one distinct IA_PD. It may associate a distinct IA_PD with each
        of its downstream network interfaces and use that IA_PD to obtain a
        prefix for that interface from the server.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-12.2-2">The configuration information in an IA_PD option consists of one or more
        prefixes along with the T1 and T2 values for the IA_PD. See <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/> for details regarding the representation of an IA_PD in a
        DHCP message.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-12.2-3">Each delegated prefix in an IA has a preferred lifetime and a valid
        lifetime, as defined in <xref target="RFC4862" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4862"/>. The lifetimes
        are transmitted from the DHCP server to the client in the IA Prefix option
        (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>).
        The lifetimes apply to the use of delegated prefixes; see
        <xref target="RFC4862" sectionFormat="of" section="5.5.4" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4862#section-5.5.4" derivedContent="RFC4862"/>.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-11" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-13">
      <name slugifiedName="name-assignment-to-an-ia">Assignment to an IA</name>
      <section anchor="addr-assign-ia-na" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-13.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-selecting-addresses-for-ass">Selecting Addresses for Assignment to an IA_NA</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-13.1-1">A server selects addresses to be assigned to an IA_NA according to
        the address assignment policies determined by the server administrator
        and the specific information the server determines about the client
        from some combination of the following sources:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-13.1-2">
          <li pn="section-13.1-2.1">
            <t indent="0" pn="section-13.1-2.1.1">The link to which the client is attached. The
            server determines the link as follows:
            </t>
            <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-13.1-2.1.2">
              <li pn="section-13.1-2.1.2.1">If the server receives the message directly
                from the client and the source address in the IP datagram in
                which the message was received is a link-local address, then
                the client is on the same link to which the interface over
                which the message was received is attached.</li>
              <li pn="section-13.1-2.1.2.2">If the server receives the message from a
                forwarding relay agent, then the client is on the same link as
                the one to which the interface, identified by the link-address
                field in the message from the relay agent, is attached.
                According to <xref target="RFC6221" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6221"/>, the server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
                ignore any link-address field whose value is zero. The
                link-address in this case may come from any of the
                Relay-forward messages encapsulated in the received
                Relay-forward, and in general the most encapsulated
                (closest Relay-forward to the client) has the most
                useful value.</li>
            </ul>
          </li>
          <li pn="section-13.1-2.2">The DUID supplied by the client.</li>
          <li pn="section-13.1-2.3">Other information in options supplied by the
            client, e.g., IA Address options (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>)
            that include the client's requests for specific addresses.</li>
          <li pn="section-13.1-2.4">Other information in options supplied by the relay
            agent.</li>
        </ul>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-13.1-3">By default, DHCP server implementations <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> generate
        predictable addresses (see <xref target="RFC7721" sectionFormat="of" section="4.7" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7721#section-4.7" derivedContent="RFC7721"/>). Server
        implementers are encouraged to review <xref target="RFC8981" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8981"/>,
        <xref target="RFC7824" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7824"/>, <xref target="RFC7707" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7707"/>, and
        <xref target="RFC7943" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7943"/> as to
        possible considerations for how to generate addresses.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-13.1-4">A server <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> assign an address that is otherwise reserved for
        some other purpose. For example, a server <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> assign addresses
        that use a reserved IPv6 Interface Identifier <xref target="RFC5453" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC5453"/>
          <xref target="RFC7136" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7136"/> <xref target="IANA-RESERVED-IID" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IANA-RESERVED-IID"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-13.1-5">See <xref target="RFC7969" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7969"/> for a more detailed
        discussion on how servers determine a client's location on the network.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-13.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-assignment-of-prefixes-for-">Assignment of Prefixes for IA_PD</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-13.2-1">The mechanism through which the server selects
        prefix(es) for delegation is not specified in this document. Examples
        of ways in which the server might select prefix(es) for a client
        include static assignment based on subscription to an ISP, dynamic
        assignment from a pool of available prefixes, and selection based on an
        external authority such as a RADIUS server using the
        Framed-IPv6-Prefix option as described in <xref target="RFC3162" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC3162"/>.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-13" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-14">
      <name slugifiedName="name-transmission-of-messages-by">Transmission of Messages by a Client</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-14-1">Unless otherwise specified in this document or in a document that
      describes how IPv6 is carried over a specific type of link (for link
      types that do not support multicast), a client sends DHCP messages to
      the All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers multicast address.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-14-2">DHCP servers <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> check to see whether the Layer 2 address
      used was multicast or not, as long as the Layer 3 address was
      correct.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-14-3">A client uses multicast to reach all servers or an individual server.
      An individual server is indicated by specifying that server's DUID in a
      Server Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) in
      the client's message. (All servers will receive this message, but only
      the indicated server will respond.) All servers are indicated when
      this option is not supplied.</t>
      <section anchor="rate-limit" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-14.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-rate-limiting">Rate Limiting</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-14.1-1">
          A DHCPv6 client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> limit the rate of DHCP messages it
          transmits or retransmits.
          This will minimize the impact of prolonged message bursts or loops,
          for example when a client rejects a server's response, repeats the
          request and gets the same server response, which, again, gets rejected
          by the client.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-14.1-2"> This loop can repeat infinitely if
        there is not a quit/stop mechanism. Therefore, a client must not
        initiate transmissions too frequently.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-14.1-3">A recommended method for implementing the rate-limiting function is
        a token bucket (see <xref section="A" target="RFC3290" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc3290#appendix-A" derivedContent="RFC3290"/>), limiting the average rate of transmission to a certain
        number in a certain time interval. This method of bounding burstiness also
        guarantees that the long-term transmission rate will not be exceeded.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-14.1-4">A transmission rate limit <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be configurable. A possible
        default could be 20 messages in 20 seconds.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-14.1-5">For a device that has multiple interfaces, the limit <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be
        enforced on a per-interface basis.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-14.1-6">Rate limiting of forwarded DHCP messages and server-side messages
        is out of scope for this specification.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="t1-t2-0" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-14.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-client-behavior-when-t1-and">Client Behavior when T1 and/or T2 Are 0</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-14.2-1">In certain cases, T1 and/or T2 values may be set to 0. Currently,
        there are two such cases:

        </t>
        <ol spacing="normal" type="1" indent="adaptive" start="1" pn="section-14.2-2"><li pn="section-14.2-2.1" derivedCounter="1.">a client received an IA_NA option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>) with a zero value</li>
          <li pn="section-14.2-2.2" derivedCounter="2.">a client received an IA_PD option (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>) with a zero value</li>
        </ol>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-14.2-3">

        This is an indication that the renew and rebind times are left to
        the discretion of the client. However, they are not completely
        discretionary.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-14.2-4">When T1 and/or T2 values are set to 0, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> choose a
        time to avoid message storms. In particular, it <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> transmit
        immediately. If the client received multiple IA options, it <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14>
        pick renew and/or rebind transmission times so all IA options are
        handled in one exchange, if possible. The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> choose renew
        and rebind times to not violate rate-limiting restrictions as defined
        in <xref target="rate-limit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 14.1"/>.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-14" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-15">
      <name slugifiedName="name-reliability-of-client-initi">Reliability of Client-Initiated Message Exchanges</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-1">DHCP clients are responsible for reliable delivery of messages in the
      client-initiated message exchanges described in <xref target="configuration-exchange" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18"/>. If a DHCP client fails to
      receive an expected response from a server, the client must retransmit
      its message according to the retransmission strategy described below.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-2">Note that the procedure described in this section is slightly
      modified when used with the Solicit message. The modified procedure is
      described in <xref target="solicit-create-transmit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.1"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-3">The client begins the message exchange by transmitting a message to
      the server. The message exchange terminates when either
      (1) the client successfully receives the appropriate response or
      responses from a server or servers or (2) the message exchange is
      considered to have failed according to the retransmission mechanism
      described below.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-4">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> update an "elapsed-time" value within an Elapsed
      Time option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.9"/>) in the
      retransmitted message. In some cases, the client may also need to modify
      values in IA Address options (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>) or
      IA Prefix options (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>) if a valid lifetime for
      any of the client's leases expires before retransmission. Thus, whenever
      this document refers to a "retransmission" of a client's message, it
      refers to both modifying the original message and sending this new message
      instance to the server.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-5">The client retransmission behavior is controlled and described by the
      following variables: </t>
      <dl indent="7" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-15-6">
        <dt pn="section-15-6.1">RT:</dt>
        <dd pn="section-15-6.2">Retransmission timeout</dd>
        <dt pn="section-15-6.3">IRT:</dt>
        <dd pn="section-15-6.4">Initial retransmission time</dd>
        <dt pn="section-15-6.5">MRC:</dt>
        <dd pn="section-15-6.6">Maximum retransmission count</dd>
        <dt pn="section-15-6.7">MRT:</dt>
        <dd pn="section-15-6.8">Maximum retransmission time</dd>
        <dt pn="section-15-6.9">MRD:</dt>
        <dd pn="section-15-6.10">Maximum retransmission duration</dd>
        <dt pn="section-15-6.11">RAND:</dt>
        <dd pn="section-15-6.12">Randomization factor</dd>
      </dl>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-7">Specific values for each of these parameters relevant to the
      various messages are given in the subsections of
      <xref target="Client-Behavior" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2"/>, using values defined in
      <xref target="Trans-Parameters-Table" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Table 1"/> in <xref target="RFC3315-5.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.6"/>.
      The algorithm for RAND is common across all message transmissions.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-8">With each message transmission or retransmission, the client sets RT
      according to the rules given below. If RT expires before the message
      exchange terminates, the client recomputes RT and retransmits the
      message.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-9">Each of the computations of a new RT includes a randomization factor
      (RAND), which is a random number chosen with a uniform distribution
      between -0.1 and +0.1. The randomization factor is included to minimize
      synchronization of messages transmitted by DHCP clients.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-10">The algorithm for choosing a random number does not need to be
      cryptographically sound. The algorithm <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> produce a different
      sequence of random numbers from each invocation of the DHCP client.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-11">RT for the first message transmission is based on IRT:</t>
      <artwork name="" type="" align="left" alt="" pn="section-15-12">
   RT = IRT + RAND*IRT</artwork>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-13">RT for each subsequent message transmission is based on the previous
      value of RT:</t>
      <artwork name="" type="" align="left" alt="" pn="section-15-14">
   RT = 2*RTprev + RAND*RTprev</artwork>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-15">MRT specifies an upper bound on the value of RT (disregarding the
      randomization added by the use of RAND). If MRT has a value of 0, there
      is no upper limit on the value of RT. Otherwise:</t>
      <artwork name="" type="" align="left" alt="" pn="section-15-16">
   if (RT &gt; MRT)
      RT = MRT + RAND*MRT</artwork>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-17">MRC specifies an upper bound on the number of times a client may
      retransmit a message. Unless MRC is zero, the message exchange fails
      once the client has transmitted the message MRC times.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-18">MRD specifies an upper bound on the length of time a client may
      retransmit a message. Unless MRD is zero, the message exchange fails
      once MRD seconds have elapsed since the client first transmitted the
      message.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-19">If both MRC and MRD are non-zero, the message exchange fails whenever
      either of the conditions specified in the previous two paragraphs
      is met.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-20">If both MRC and MRD are zero, the client continues to transmit the
      message until it receives a response.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-15-21">A client is not expected to listen for a response during the entire
      RT period and may turn off listening capabilities after waiting at least
      the shorter of RT and MAX_WAIT_TIME due to power consumption saving or
      other reasons. Of course, a client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> listen for a Reconfigure if it
      has negotiated for its use with the server.</t>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-15" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16">
      <name slugifiedName="name-message-validation">Message Validation</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-16-1">This section describes which options are valid in which kinds of
      message types and explains what to do when a client or server receives
      a message that contains known options that are invalid for that message.
      For example, an IA option is not allowed to appear in an
      Information-request message.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-16-2">Clients and servers <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> choose to either (1) extract
      information from such a message if the information is of use to the
      recipient or (2) ignore such a message completely and just
      discard it.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-16-3">If a server receives a message that it considers invalid, it
      <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> send a Reply message (or Advertise message, as appropriate) with a
      Server Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>), a Client
      Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) (if one was
      included in the message), and a Status Code option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) with status UnspecFail.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-16-4">Clients, relay agents, and servers <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> discard messages that
      contain unknown options (or instances of vendor options with unknown
      enterprise-number values). These options should be ignored as if they were not
      present.  This is critical to provide for future extensions of DHCP.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-16-5">A client or server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received DHCP messages
      with an unknown message type.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-16-6">
      Clients <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> accept multicast messages.
      </t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-16-7">
      Servers <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> accept unicast traffic from clients.
      The Server Unicast option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.12" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.12"/>)
      and UseMulticast status code (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>)
      have been obsoleted; hence, clients should no longer send messages
      to a server's unicast address nor receive the UseMulticast status code.
      However, a server that previously supported the Server Unicast option
      and is upgraded to not support it <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> continue to receive
      unicast messages if it previously sent the client the Server Unicast
      option. However, this causes no harm and the client will eventually switch
      back to sending multicast messages (such as after the lease's rebinding time
      is reached or the client is rebooted).
      </t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-16-8">
      Relay agents <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> accept unicast messages from clients.
      </t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-16-9">
      Note: The multicast/unicast rules mentioned above apply to the DHCP messages
      within this document. Messages defined in other and future documents may
      have different rules.
      </t>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-use-of-transaction-ids">Use of Transaction IDs</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.1-1">The "transaction-id" field holds a value used by clients and
        servers to correlate server responses to client messages. A client
        <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> generate a random number that cannot easily be guessed or
        predicted to use as the transaction ID for each new message it sends.
        Note that if a client generates easily predictable transaction
        identifiers, it may become more vulnerable to certain kinds of attacks
        from off-path intruders. A client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> leave the transaction ID
        unchanged in retransmissions of a message.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-solicit-message">Solicit Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.2-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Solicit messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.2-2">Servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any Solicit messages that do not include a
        Client Identifier option or that do include a Server Identifier
        option.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-advertise-message">Advertise Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.3-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Advertise message that meets any
        of the following conditions:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-16.3-2">
          <li pn="section-16.3-2.1">the message does not include a Server Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-16.3-2.2">the message does not include a Client Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-16.3-2.3">the contents of the Client Identifier option do
            not match the client's DUID.</li>
          <li pn="section-16.3-2.4">the "transaction-id" field value does not match
            the value the client used in its Solicit message.</li>
        </ul>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.3-3">Servers and relay agents <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Advertise
        messages.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.4">
        <name slugifiedName="name-request-message">Request Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.4-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Request messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.4-2">Servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Request message that meets any of
        the following conditions:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-16.4-3">
          <li pn="section-16.4-3.1">the message does not include a Server Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-16.4-3.2">the contents of the Server Identifier option do
            not match the server's DUID.</li>
          <li pn="section-16.4-3.3">the message does not include a Client Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>).</li>
        </ul>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.5">
        <name slugifiedName="name-confirm-message">Confirm Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.5-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Confirm messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.5-2">Servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Confirm messages that do not
        include a Client Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>)
        or that do include a Server Identifier option (see
        <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.6">
        <name slugifiedName="name-renew-message">Renew Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.6-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Renew messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.6-2">Servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Renew message that meets any of
        the following conditions:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-16.6-3">
          <li pn="section-16.6-3.1">the message does not include a Server Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-16.6-3.2">the contents of the Server Identifier option do
            not match the server's identifier.</li>
          <li pn="section-16.6-3.3">the message does not include a Client Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>).</li>
        </ul>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.7">
        <name slugifiedName="name-rebind-message">Rebind Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.7-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Rebind messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.7-2">Servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Rebind messages that do not
        include a Client Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>)
        or that do include a Server Identifier option (see
        <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.8">
        <name slugifiedName="name-decline-message">Decline Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.8-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Decline messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.8-2">Servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Decline message that meets any of
        the following conditions:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-16.8-3">
          <li pn="section-16.8-3.1">the message does not include a Server Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-16.8-3.2">the contents of the Server Identifier option do
            not match the server's identifier.</li>
          <li pn="section-16.8-3.3">the message does not include a Client Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>).</li>
        </ul>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.9">
        <name slugifiedName="name-release-message">Release Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.9-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Release messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.9-2">Servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Release message that meets any of
        the following conditions:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-16.9-3">
          <li pn="section-16.9-3.1">the message does not include a Server Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-16.9-3.2">the contents of the Server Identifier option do
            not match the server's identifier.</li>
          <li pn="section-16.9-3.3">the message does not include a Client Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>).</li>
        </ul>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.10">
        <name slugifiedName="name-reply-message">Reply Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.10-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Reply message that meets any of
        the following conditions:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-16.10-2">
          <li pn="section-16.10-2.1">the message does not include a Server Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-16.10-2.2">the "transaction-id" field in the message does not
            match the value used in the original message.</li>
        </ul>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.10-3">If the client included a Client Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) in the original message,
        the Reply message <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a
        Client Identifier option, and the contents of the Client Identifier
        option <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> match the DUID of the client.  If the client did not
        include a Client Identifier option in the original message, the Reply
        message <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> include a Client Identifier option.
</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.10-4">Servers and relay agents <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Reply
        messages.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-15.11" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.11">
        <name slugifiedName="name-reconfigure-message">Reconfigure Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.11-1">Servers and relay agents <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Reconfigure
        messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.11-2">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any Reconfigure message that meets any of the
        following conditions:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-16.11-3">
          <li pn="section-16.11-3.1">the message was not unicast to the client.</li>
          <li pn="section-16.11-3.2">the message does not include a Server Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-16.11-3.3">the message does not include a Client Identifier
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) that contains the
            client's DUID.</li>
          <li pn="section-16.11-3.4">the message does not include a Reconfigure Message
            option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.19" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.19"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-16.11-3.5">the Reconfigure Message option msg-type is not a
            valid value.</li>
          <li pn="section-16.11-3.6">the message does not include authentication (such
            as RKAP; see <xref target="reconfigure-protocol" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20.4"/>) or fails
            authentication validation.</li>
        </ul>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.12">
        <name slugifiedName="name-information-request-message">Information-request Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.12-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Information-request messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.12-2">Servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Information-request message that
        meets any of the following conditions:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-16.12-3">
          <li pn="section-16.12-3.1">the message includes a Server Identifier option
            (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>), and the DUID in the option
            does not match the server's DUID.</li>
          <li pn="section-16.12-3.2">the message includes an IA option.</li>
        </ul>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.13">
        <name slugifiedName="name-relay-forward-message-2">Relay-forward Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.13-1">Clients <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Relay-forward messages.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-16.14">
        <name slugifiedName="name-relay-reply-message-2">Relay-reply Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-16.14-1">Clients and servers <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any received Relay-reply
        messages.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-16" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-17">
      <name slugifiedName="name-client-source-address-and-i">Client Source Address and Interface Selection</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-17-1">The client's behavior regarding interface selection is different,
      depending on the purpose of the configuration.</t>
      <section anchor="if-addr-sel-addr-assignment" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-17.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-source-address-and-interfac">Source Address and Interface Selection for Address Assignment</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-17.1-1">When a client sends a DHCP message to the
        All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers multicast address, it <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> send
        the message through the interface for which configuration information
        (including the addresses) is being requested. However, the client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14>
        send the message through another interface if the interface for which
        configuration is being requested is a logical interface without direct
        link attachment or the client is certain that two interfaces are
        attached to the same link.</t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-17.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-source-address-and-interface">Source Address and Interface Selection for Prefix Delegation</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-17.2-1">Delegated prefixes are not associated with a particular interface
        in the same way as addresses are for address assignment as mentioned
        in <xref target="if-addr-sel-addr-assignment" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 17.1"/> above.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-17.2-2">When a client sends a DHCP message
        for the purpose of prefix delegation, it <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be sent on the
        interface associated with the upstream router (typically, connected
        to an ISP network); see <xref target="RFC7084" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7084"/>. The
        upstream interface is typically determined by configuration. This rule
        applies even in the case where a separate IA_PD is used for each
        downstream interface.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="configuration-exchange" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18">
      <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-configuration-exchange">DHCP Configuration Exchanges</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-18-1">A client initiates a message exchange with a server or servers to
      acquire or update configuration information of interest. A client has
      many reasons to initiate the configuration exchange. Some of the
      more common ones are:
      </t>
      <ol spacing="normal" type="1" indent="adaptive" start="1" pn="section-18-2"><li pn="section-18-2.1" derivedCounter="1.">as part of the operating system configuration/bootstrap process,</li>
        <li pn="section-18-2.2" derivedCounter="2.">when requested to do so by the application layer
        (through an operating-system-specific API),</li>
        <li pn="section-18-2.3" derivedCounter="3.">when a Router Advertisement indicates that DHCPv6 is available for
        address configuration (see <xref target="RFC4861" sectionFormat="of" section="4.2" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4861#section-4.2" derivedContent="RFC4861"/>),</li>
        <li pn="section-18-2.4" derivedCounter="4.">as required to extend the lifetime of address(es) and/or
        delegated prefix(es), using Renew and Rebind messages, or</li>
        <li pn="section-18-2.5" derivedCounter="5.">upon the receipt of a Reconfigure message, when requested to do so
        by a server.</li>
      </ol>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-18-3">The client is responsible for creating IAs and requesting that a
      server assign addresses and/or delegated prefixes to the IAs. The
      client first creates the IAs and assigns IAIDs to them. The client then
      transmits a Solicit message containing the IA options describing the
      IAs. The client <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> be using any of the addresses or delegated
      prefixes for which it tries to obtain the bindings by sending the
      Solicit message. In particular, if the client had some valid bindings
      and has chosen to start the server discovery process to obtain the
      same bindings from a different server, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> stop using the
      addresses and delegated prefixes for the bindings that it had obtained
      from the previous server (see <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.7"/> for
      more details on what "stop using" means in this context) and that it is
      now trying to obtain from a new server.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-18-4">A DHCP client that does not need to have a DHCP server assign
      IP addresses or delegated prefixes to it can obtain configuration
      information such as a list of available DNS servers <xref target="RFC3646" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC3646"/> or NTP servers <xref target="RFC5908" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC5908"/> through a
      single message and reply exchange with a DHCP server.
      To obtain
      configuration information, the client first sends an Information-request
      message (see <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.6"/>) to the
      All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers multicast address.  Servers respond
      with a Reply message containing the configuration information for the
      client (see <xref target="RFC3315-18.2.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3.6"/>).</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-18-5">To request the assignment of one or more addresses or delegated
      prefixes, a client first locates a DHCP server and then requests the
      assignment of addresses/prefixes and other configuration information from the
      server. The client does this by sending the Solicit message
      (see <xref target="solicit-create-transmit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.1"/>) to the
      All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers multicast address and collecting
      Advertise messages from the servers that respond to the client's
      message; the client then selects a server from which it wants to obtain
      configuration information. This process is referred to as server
      discovery. When the client has selected the server, it sends a Request
      message to that server as described in <xref target="request-create-transmit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.2"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-18-6">A client willing to perform the Solicit/Reply message
      exchange described in <xref target="solicit-create-transmit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.1"/> includes a Rapid
      Commit option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>) in its
      Solicit message.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-18-7">Servers that can assign addresses or delegated prefixes to the IAs
      respond to the client with an Advertise message or Reply message if the
      client included a Rapid Commit option and the server is configured to
      accept it.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-18-8">If the server responds with an Advertise message, the client initiates
      a configuration exchange as described in
      <xref target="request-create-transmit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.2"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-18-9">A server may initiate a message exchange with a client by sending a
      Reconfigure message to cause the client to send a Renew, Rebind, or
      Information-request message to refresh its configuration information as
      soon as the Reconfigure message is received by the client.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-18-10"><xref target="FigMsgFlow" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Figure 9"/> shows a timeline diagram of the
      messages exchanged between a client and two servers for the
      typical lifecycle of one or more leases. This starts with the
      four-message Solicit/Advertise/Request/Reply
      exchange to obtain the lease(s), followed by a two-message
      Renew/Reply exchange to extend the lifetime on the lease(s), and then
      ends with a two-message Release/Reply exchange to end the
      client's use of the lease(s).</t>
      <figure anchor="FigMsgFlow" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-9">
        <name slugifiedName="name-timeline-diagram-of-the-mes">Timeline Diagram of the Messages Exchanged Between                      a Client and Two Servers for the Typical Lifecycle                      of One or More Leases</name>
        <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-18-11.1">
             Server                          Server
         (not selected)      Client        (selected)
               v               v               v
               |               |               |
               |     Begins initialization     |
               |               |               |
  start of     | _____________/|\_____________ |
  4-message    |/ Solicit      | Solicit      \|
  exchange     |               |               |
           Determines          |          Determines
          configuration        |         configuration
               |               |               |
               |\              |  ____________/|
               | \________     | /Advertise    |
               | Advertise\    |/              |
               |           \   |               |
               |      Collects Advertises      |
               |             \ |               |
               |     Selects configuration     |
               |               |               |
               | _____________/|\_____________ |
               |/ Request      |  Request     \|
               |               |               |
               |               |     Commits configuration
               |               |               |
  end of       |               | _____________/|
  4-message    |               |/ Reply        |
  exchange     |               |               |
               |    Initialization complete    |
               |               |               |
               .               .               .
               .               .               .
               |   T1 (renewal) timer expires  |
               |               |               |
  2-message    | _____________/|\_____________ |
  exchange     |/ Renew        |  Renew       \|
               |               |               |
               |               | Commits extended lease(s)
               |               |               |
               |               | _____________/|
               |               |/ Reply        |
               .               .               .
               .               .               .
               |               |               |
               |      Graceful shutdown        |
               |               |               |
  2-message    | _____________/|\_____________ |
  exchange     |/ Release      |  Release     \|
               |               |               |
               |               |         Discards lease(s)
               |               |               |
               |               | _____________/|
               |               |/ Reply        |
               |               |               |
               v               v               v</artwork>
      </figure>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-a-single-exchange-for-multi">A Single Exchange for Multiple IA Options</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.1-1">This document assumes that a client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> use a single transaction
      for all of the IA options required on an interface; this simplifies
      the client implementation and reduces the potential number of
      transactions required. To facilitate
      a client's use of a single transaction for all IA options, servers
      <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> return the same T1/T2 values for all IA options in a Reply
      (see Sections <xref target="RFC3315-18.2.1" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="18.3.2"/>,
      <xref target="RFC3315-18.2.3" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="18.3.4"/>,
      and <xref target="RFC3315-18.2.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="18.3.5"/>) so that the
      client will
      generate a single transaction when renewing or rebinding its leases.
      However, because some servers may not yet conform to this requirement,
      a client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be prepared to select appropriate T1/T2 times as
      described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.4"/>.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="Client-Behavior" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-client-behavior">Client Behavior</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2-1">A client uses the Solicit message to discover DHCP servers
        configured to assign leases or return other configuration parameters
        on the link to which the client is attached.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2-2">A client uses Request, Renew, Rebind, Release, and Decline messages
        during the normal lifecycle of addresses and delegated prefixes. When
        a client detects that it may have moved to a new link, it uses
        Confirm if it only has addresses and Rebind if it has delegated
        prefixes (and addresses). It uses Information-request messages when it
        needs configuration information but no addresses and no prefixes.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2-3">When a client requests multiple IA option types or multiple
        instances of the same IA types in a Solicit, Request, Renew, or
        Rebind, it is possible
        that the available server(s) may only be configured to offer a subset
        of them. When possible, the client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> use the best configuration
        available and continue to request the additional IAs in subsequent
        messages. This allows the client to maintain
        a single session and state machine. In practice, especially in the
        case of handling IA_NA and IA_PD requests <xref target="RFC7084" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7084"/>,
        this situation should be rare or a result of a temporary operational
        error. Thus, it is more likely that the client will get all
        configuration if it continues, in each subsequent configuration
        exchange, to request all the configuration information it is
        programmed to try to obtain, including any stateful configuration
        options for which no results were returned in previous message
        exchanges.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2-4">Upon receipt of a Reconfigure message from the server, a client
        responds with a Renew, Rebind, or Information-request message as
        indicated by the Reconfigure Message option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.19" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.19"/>).
        The client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be suspicious of the Reconfigure message (they
        may be faked), and it <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> abandon any resources it might have
        already obtained.
        The client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> treat the Reconfigure message as if the T1 timer
        had expired.  The client will expect the server to send IAs
        and/or other configuration information to the client in a Reply
        message.</t>
        <section anchor="solicit-create-transmit" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.1">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-and-transmission-o">Creation and Transmission of Solicit Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-1">The client sets the "msg-type" field to SOLICIT. The client
          generates a transaction ID and inserts this value in the
          "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-2">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Client Identifier option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) to identify
          itself to the server. The client includes IA options for any IAs to
          which it wants the server to assign leases.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-3">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Elapsed Time option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.9"/>) to indicate how long the client has
          been trying to complete the current DHCP message exchange.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-4">The client uses IA_NA options (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>)
          to request the assignment of non-temporary addresses and IA_PD options (see
          <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>) to request prefix delegation.
          IA_NA or IA_PD options, or a combination, can
          be included in DHCP messages. In addition, multiple instances of any
          IA option type can be included.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-5">The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include addresses in IA Address options (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>) encapsulated
          within IA_NA option as hints to the server about the
          addresses for which the client has a preference.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-6">The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include values in IA Prefix options (see
          <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>)
          encapsulated within IA_PD options as hints for the delegated prefix
          and/or prefix length for which the client has a preference. See
          <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.4"/> for more on prefix-length hints.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-7">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Option Request option (ORO) (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.7"/>) to request the SOL_MAX_RT option (see
          <xref target="SOL_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.24"/>) and any other options the
          client is interested in receiving. The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> additionally
          include instances of those options that are identified in the Option
          Request option, with data values as hints to the server about
          parameter values the client would like to have returned.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-8">The client includes a Reconfigure Accept option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.20" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.20"/>) if the client is willing to accept
          Reconfigure messages from the server.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-9">The client <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> include any other options in the Solicit
          message, except as specifically allowed in the definition of
          individual options.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-10">The first Solicit message from the client on the interface <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14>
          be delayed by a random amount of time between 0 and SOL_MAX_DELAY.
          This random delay helps desynchronize clients that start a DHCP
          session at the same time, such as after recovery from a power
          failure or after a router outage after seeing that DHCP is
          available in Router Advertisement messages (see 
          <xref target="RFC4861" sectionFormat="of" section="4.2" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4861#section-4.2" derivedContent="RFC4861"/>).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-11">The client transmits the message according to <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>, using the following parameters: </t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.1-12">
            <li pn="section-18.2.1-12.1">IRT: SOL_TIMEOUT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.1-12.2">MRT: SOL_MAX_RT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.1-12.3">MRC: 0</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.1-12.4">MRD: 0</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-13">A client that wishes to use the Rapid Commit two-message exchange
            includes a Rapid Commit option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>)
            in its Solicit message.
            The client may receive a number of different replies from
            different servers.  The client will make note of any valid Advertise
            messages that it receives.  The client will discard any Reply
            messages that do not contain the Rapid Commit option.
          </t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-14">Upon receipt of a valid Reply with the Rapid Commit option,
            the client processes the message as described in
            <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.8" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.10"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-15">At the end of the first RT period, if no suitable Reply
            messages are received but the client has valid Advertise
            messages, then the client processes the Advertise as
            described in <xref target="RFC3315-17.1.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.9"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-16">If the client subsequently receives a valid Reply message that
          includes a Rapid Commit option, it does one of the following:</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.1-17">
            <li pn="section-18.2.1-17.1">processes the Reply message as described in
              <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.8" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.10"/> and discards any Reply
              messages received in response to the Request message</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.1-17.2">processes any Reply messages received in
              response to the Request message and discards the Reply message
              that includes the Rapid Commit option</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-18">If the client is waiting for an Advertise message, the mechanism
          described in <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/> is modified as follows for
          use in the transmission of Solicit messages. The message exchange is
          not terminated by the receipt of an Advertise before the first RT has
          elapsed. Rather, the client collects valid Advertise messages until
          the first RT has elapsed. Also, the first RT <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be selected to be
          strictly greater than IRT by choosing RAND to be strictly greater
          than 0.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-19">A client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> collect valid Advertise messages for the first
          RT seconds, unless it receives a valid Advertise message with a preference
          value of 255. The preference value is carried in the Preference
          option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.8" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.8"/>). Any valid Advertise that
          does not include a Preference option is considered to have a
          preference value of 0. If the client receives a valid Advertise message
          that includes a Preference option with a preference value of 255,
          the client immediately begins a client-initiated message exchange
          (as described in <xref target="request-create-transmit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.2"/>) by
          sending a Request message to the server from which the Advertise
          message was received. If the client receives a valid Advertise message
          that does not include a Preference option with a preference value of
          255, the client continues to wait until the first RT elapses. If the
          first RT elapses and the client has received a valid Advertise message,
          the client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> continue with a client-initiated message exchange
          by sending a Request message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-20">If the client does not receive any valid Advertise messages before the
          first RT has elapsed, it then applies the retransmission mechanism
          described in <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>. The client
          terminates the retransmission process as soon as it receives any
          valid Advertise message, and the client acts on the received Advertise
          message without waiting for any additional Advertise messages.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.1-21">A DHCP client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> choose MRC and MRD values of 0. If the DHCP
          client is configured with either MRC or MRD set to a value other
          than 0, it <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> stop trying to configure the interface if the
          message exchange fails. After the DHCP client stops trying to
          configure the interface, it <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> restart the reconfiguration
          process after some external event, such as user input, system
          restart, or when the client is attached to a new link.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="request-create-transmit" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.2">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-and-transmission-of">Creation and Transmission of Request Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.2-1">The client uses a Request message to populate IAs with leases and
          obtain other configuration information. The client includes one or
          more IA options in the Request message. The server then returns
          leases and other information about the IAs to the client in IA
          options in a Reply message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.2-2">The client sets the "msg-type" field to REQUEST.
          The client generates a transaction ID and inserts this value in
          the "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.2-3">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include the identifier of the destination server in a
          Server Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.2-4">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Client Identifier option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) to identify
          itself to the server. The client adds any other appropriate options,
          including one or more IA options.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.2-5">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Elapsed Time option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.9"/>) to indicate how long the client has
          been trying to complete the current DHCP message exchange.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.2-6">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Option Request option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.7"/>) to request the SOL_MAX_RT option (see
          <xref target="SOL_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.24"/>) and any other options the
          client is interested in receiving. The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> additionally
          include instances of those options that are identified in the Option
          Request option, with data values as hints to the server about
          parameter values the client would like to have returned.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.2-7">The client includes a Reconfigure Accept option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.20" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.20"/>) if the client is willing to
          accept Reconfigure messages from the server.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.2-8">The client transmits the message according to <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>, using the following parameters: </t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.2-9">
            <li pn="section-18.2.2-9.1">IRT: REQ_TIMEOUT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.2-9.2">MRT: REQ_MAX_RT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.2-9.3">MRC: REQ_MAX_RC</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.2-9.4">MRD: 0</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.2-10">If the message exchange fails, the client takes an action based
          on the client's local policy. Examples of actions the client might
          take include the following:</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.2-11">
            <li pn="section-18.2.2-11.1">Select another server from a list of servers
              known to the client -- for example, servers that responded with
              an Advertise message.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.2-11.2">Initiate the server discovery process described
              in <xref target="configuration-exchange" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18"/>.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.2-11.3">Terminate the configuration process and report
              failure.</li>
          </ul>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.1.2" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.3">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-and-transmission-of-">Creation and Transmission of Confirm Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.3-1">The client uses a Confirm message when it has only addresses
          (no delegated prefixes) assigned by a DHCP server to determine if it
          is still connected to the same link when the client detects a
          change in network information as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.2.12" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.12"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.3-2">The client sets the "msg-type" field to CONFIRM. The client
          generates a transaction ID and inserts this value in the
          "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.3-3">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Client Identifier option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) to identify itself to the server.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.3-4">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Elapsed Time option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.9"/>) to indicate how long the client has
          been trying to complete the current DHCP message exchange.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.3-5">The client includes IA options for all of the
          IAs assigned to the interface for which the Confirm message is being
          sent. The IA options include all of the addresses the client
          currently has associated with those IAs. The client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> set the
          T1 and T2 fields in any IA_NA options (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>) and the preferred-lifetime and
          valid-lifetime fields in the IA Address options (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>) to 0, as the server
          will ignore these fields.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.3-6">The first Confirm message from the client on the interface <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
          be delayed by a random amount of time between 0 and CNF_MAX_DELAY.
          The client transmits the message according to <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>, using the following parameters: </t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.3-7">
            <li pn="section-18.2.3-7.1">IRT: CNF_TIMEOUT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.3-7.2">MRT: CNF_MAX_RT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.3-7.3">MRC: 0</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.3-7.4">MRD: CNF_MAX_RD</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.3-8">If the client receives no responses before the message
          transmission process terminates, as described in <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>, the client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> continue to use any
          leases, using the last known lifetimes for those leases,
          and <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> continue to use any other previously obtained
          configuration parameters.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.1.3" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.4">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-and-transmission-of-r">Creation and Transmission of Renew Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-1">To extend the preferred and valid lifetimes for the leases
          assigned to the IAs and obtain new addresses or delegated prefixes
          for IAs, the client sends a Renew message to the server from which
          the leases were obtained; the Renew message includes IA options for
          the IAs whose lease lifetimes are to be extended. The client
          includes IA Address options (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>)
          within IA_NA (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>) options for the addresses
          assigned to the IAs. The client includes IA Prefix options
          (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>) within IA_PD options
          (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>) for the delegated prefixes
          assigned to the IAs.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-2">The server controls the time at which the client should contact the
          server to extend the lifetimes on assigned leases through the T1 and
          T2 values assigned to an IA. However, as the client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14>
          renew/rebind all IAs from the server at the same time, the client
          <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> select T1 and T2 times from all IA options that will
          guarantee that the client initiates transmissions of Renew/Rebind
          messages not later than at the T1/T2 times associated with any of
          the client's bindings (earliest T1/T2).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-3">At time T1, the client initiates a Renew/Reply message exchange
          to extend the lifetimes on any leases in the IA.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-4">A client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> also initiate a Renew/Reply message exchange before
          time T1 if the client's link-local address used in previous
          interactions with the server is no longer valid and it is willing
          to receive Reconfigure messages. This updates the server's information
          so it is able to continue to communicate with the client (either
          directly or via Relay-reply messages).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-5">If T1 or T2 had been set to 0 by the server (for an IA_NA or
          IA_PD) in a previous
          Reply, the client may, at its discretion, send a Renew or Rebind
          message, respectively. The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> follow the rules defined
          in <xref target="t1-t2-0" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 14.2"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-6">The client sets the "msg-type" field to RENEW. The client
          generates a transaction ID and inserts this value in the
          "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-7">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) in the Renew
          message, identifying the server with which the client most recently
          communicated.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-8">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) to identify
          itself to the server. The client adds any appropriate options,
          including one or more IA options.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-9">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Elapsed Time option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.9"/>) to indicate how long the client has
          been trying to complete the current DHCP message exchange.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-10">For IAs to which leases have been assigned, the client includes a
          corresponding IA option containing an IA Address option for each
          address assigned to the IA and an IA Prefix option for each prefix
          assigned to the IA. The client <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> include addresses and
          prefixes in any IA option that the client did not obtain from the
          server or that are no longer valid (that have a valid lifetime of
          0).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-11">The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include an IA option for each binding it desires
          but has been unable to obtain. In this case, if the client includes
          the IA_PD option to request prefix delegation, the client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14>
          include the IA Prefix option encapsulated within the IA_PD option,
          with the "IPv6-prefix" field set to 0 and the "prefix-length"
          field set to the desired length of the prefix to be delegated. The
          server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> use this value as a hint for the prefix length. The client
          <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> include an IA Prefix option with the
          "IPv6-prefix" field set to 0 unless it is supplying a hint for
          the prefix length.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-12">The client includes an Option Request option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.7"/>) to request the SOL_MAX_RT
          option (see <xref target="SOL_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.24"/>) and any other
          options the client is interested in receiving. The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14>
          include options with data values as hints to the server about
          parameter values the client would like to have returned.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-13">The client transmits the message according to <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>, using the following parameters: </t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.4-14">
            <li pn="section-18.2.4-14.1">IRT: REN_TIMEOUT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.4-14.2">MRT: REN_MAX_RT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.4-14.3">MRC: 0</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.4-14.4">MRD: Remaining time until earliest T2</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-15">The message exchange is terminated when the earliest time T2 is
          reached. While the client is responding to a Reconfigure, the client
          ignores and discards any additional Reconfigure messages it may
          receive.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.4-16">The message exchange is terminated when the earliest
          time T2 is reached, at which point the client begins the Rebind
          message exchange (see <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.5"/>).</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.1.4" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.5">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-and-transmission-of-re">Creation and Transmission of Rebind Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.5-1">At time T2 (which will only be reached if the server to which the
          Renew message was sent starting at time T1 has not responded), the
          client initiates a Rebind/Reply message exchange with any available
          server.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.5-2">A Rebind is also used to verify delegated prefix bindings but
          with different retransmission parameters as described in
          <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.3"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.5-3">The client constructs the Rebind message as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.4"/>, with the following differences:</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.5-4">
            <li pn="section-18.2.5-4.1">The client sets the "msg-type" field to
              REBIND.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.5-4.2">The client does not include the Server
              Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) in
              the Rebind message.</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.5-5">The client transmits the message according to <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>, using the following parameters: </t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.5-6">
            <li pn="section-18.2.5-6.1">IRT: REB_TIMEOUT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.5-6.2">MRT: REB_MAX_RT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.5-6.3">MRC: 0</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.5-6.4">MRD: Remaining time until valid lifetimes of all
              leases in all IAs have expired</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.5-7">If all leases for an IA have expired, the client may choose to
          include this IA in subsequent Rebind messages to indicate that the
          client is interested in assignment of the leases to this IA.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.5-8">The message exchange is terminated when the valid lifetimes of
          all leases across all IAs have expired, at which time the client
          uses the Solicit message to locate a new DHCP server and sends a
          Request for the expired IAs to the new server. If the terminated
          Rebind exchange was initiated as a result of receiving a Reconfigure
          message, the client terminates the reconfigure process and resumes
          as if the Reconfigure message had not been received.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.1.5" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.6">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-and-transmission-of-i">Creation and Transmission of Information-request Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.6-1">The client uses an Information-request message to obtain
          configuration information without requesting addresses and/or delegated
          prefixes to be assigned.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.6-2">The client sets the "msg-type" field to INFORMATION-REQUEST. The
          client generates a transaction ID and inserts this value in the
          "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.6-3">The client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> include a Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) to identify
          itself to the server (however, see
          <xref target="RFC7844" format="default" section="4.3.1" sectionFormat="of" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7844#section-4.3.1" derivedContent="RFC7844"/> for
          reasons why a client may not want to include this option). If the
          client does not include a Client
          Identifier option, the server will not be able to return any
          client-specific options to the client, or the server may
          choose not to respond to the message at all.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.6-4">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Elapsed Time option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.9"/>) to indicate how long the client has
          been trying to complete the current DHCP message exchange.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.6-5">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Option Request option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.7"/>) to request the INF_MAX_RT option (see
          <xref target="INF_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.25"/>), the Information
          Refresh Time option (see <xref target="RFC4242-Option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.23"/>), and any other options the
          client is interested in receiving. The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include options
          with data values as hints to the server about parameter values the
          client would like to have returned.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.6-6">When responding to a Reconfigure, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Server
          Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) with the
          identifier from the Reconfigure message to which the client is responding.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.6-7">The first Information-request message from the client on the
          interface <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be delayed by a random amount of time between 0 and
          INF_MAX_DELAY. The client transmits the message according to <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>, using the following parameters: </t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.6-8">
            <li pn="section-18.2.6-8.1">IRT: INF_TIMEOUT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.6-8.2">MRT: INF_MAX_RT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.6-8.3">MRC: 0</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.6-8.4">MRD: 0</li>
          </ul>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.1.6" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.7">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-and-transmission-of-rel">Creation and Transmission of Release Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-1">To release one or more leases, a client sends a Release message
          to the server.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-2">The client sets the "msg-type" field to RELEASE. The client
          generates a transaction ID and places this value in the
          "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-3">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) in the Renew
          message, identifying the server that allocated the lease(s).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-4">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) to identify
          itself to the server.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-5">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Elapsed Time option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.9"/>) to indicate how long the client has
          been trying to complete the current DHCP message exchange.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-6">The client includes options containing the IAs
          for the leases it is releasing in the "options" field. The leases to
          be released <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be included in the IAs. Any leases for the IAs the
          client wishes to continue to use <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> be added to the IAs.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-7">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> stop using all of the leases being released
          before the client begins the Release message exchange process. For
          an address, this means the address <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> have been removed from the
          interface. For a delegated prefix, this means the prefix <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> have
          been advertised with a Preferred Lifetime and a Valid Lifetime of 0
          in a Router Advertisement message as described in part (e) of
          <xref target="RFC4862" section="5.5.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4862#section-5.5.3" derivedContent="RFC4862"/>; also see
          requirement L-13 in <xref target="RFC7084" section="4.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7084#section-4.3" derivedContent="RFC7084"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-8">The client <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> use any of the addresses it is releasing as
          the source address in the Release message or in any subsequently
          transmitted message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-9">Because Release messages may be lost, the client should
          retransmit the Release if no Reply is received. However, there are
          scenarios where the client may not wish to wait for the normal
          retransmission timeout before giving up (e.g., on power down).
          Implementations <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> retransmit one or more times but <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> choose
          to terminate the retransmission procedure early.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-10">The client transmits the message according to <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>, using the following parameters: </t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.7-11">
            <li pn="section-18.2.7-11.1">IRT: REL_TIMEOUT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.7-11.2">MRT: 0</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.7-11.3">MRC: REL_MAX_RC</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.7-11.4">MRD: 0</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-12">If leases are released but the Reply from a DHCP server is lost,
          the client will retransmit the Release message, and the server may
          respond with a Reply indicating a status of NoBinding. Therefore,
          the client does not treat a Reply message with a status of NoBinding
          in a Release message exchange as if it indicates an error.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.7-13">Note that if the client fails to release the lease, each lease
          assigned to the IA will be reclaimed by the server when the valid
          lifetime of that lease expires.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.1.7" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.8">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-and-transmission-of-d">Creation and Transmission of Decline Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-1">If a client detects that one or more addresses assigned to it by
          a server are already in use by another node, the client sends a
          Decline message to the server to inform it that the address is
          suspect.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-2">The Decline message is not used in prefix delegation; thus, the
          client <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> include IA_PD options
          (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>) in the Decline message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-3">The client sets the "msg-type" field to DECLINE. The client
          generates a transaction ID and places this value in the
          "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-4">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) in the Decline
          message, identifying the server that allocated the lease(s).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-5">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) to identify
          itself to the server.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-6">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Elapsed Time option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.9"/>) to indicate how long the client has
          been trying to complete the current DHCP message exchange.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-7">The client includes options containing the IAs
          for the addresses it is declining in the "options" field. The
          addresses to be declined <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be included in the IAs. Any addresses
          for the IAs the client wishes to continue to use should not be
          added to the IAs.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-8">The client <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> use any of the addresses it is declining as
          the source address in the Decline message or in any subsequently
          transmitted message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-9">The client transmits the message according to <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 15"/>, using the following parameters: </t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.8-10">
            <li pn="section-18.2.8-10.1">IRT: DEC_TIMEOUT</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.8-10.2">MRT: 0</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.8-10.3">MRC: DEC_MAX_RC</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.8-10.4">MRD: 0</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-11">If addresses are declined but the Reply from a DHCP server is
          lost, the client will retransmit the Decline message, and the server
          may respond with a Reply indicating a status of NoBinding.
          Therefore, the client does not treat a Reply message with a status
          of NoBinding in a Decline message exchange as if it indicates an
          error.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.8-12">The client <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> send a Release message for other bindings
          it may have received just because it sent a Decline message. The
          client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> retain the non-conflicting bindings. The client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14>
          treat the failure to acquire a binding (due to the conflict) as
          equivalent to not having received the binding, insofar as how it
          behaves when sending Renew and Rebind messages.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-17.1.3" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.9">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-advertise-messag">Receipt of Advertise Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.9-1">Upon receipt of one or more valid Advertise messages, the client
          selects one or more Advertise messages based upon the following
          criteria.</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.9-2">
            <li pn="section-18.2.9-2.1">Those Advertise messages with the highest server
              preference value <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be preferred over all other Advertise
              messages. The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> choose a less preferred server if
              that server has a better set of advertised parameters, such as
              the available set of IAs, as well as the set of other
              configuration options advertised.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.9-2.2">Within a group of Advertise messages with the
              same server preference value, a client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> select those servers
              whose Advertise messages advertise information of interest to
              the client.</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.9-3">Once a client has selected Advertise message(s), the client will
          typically store information about each server, such as the server
          preference value, addresses advertised, when the advertisement was
          received, and so on.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.9-4">In practice, this means that the client will maintain independent
          per-IA state machines for each selected server.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.9-5">If the client needs to select an alternate server in the case
          that a chosen server does not respond, the client chooses the next
          server according to the criteria given above.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.9-6">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> process any SOL_MAX_RT option
          (see <xref target="SOL_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.24"/>)
          and INF_MAX_RT option (see <xref target="INF_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.25"/>) present in an
          Advertise message, even if the message contains a Status Code option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) indicating a failure, and the
          Advertise message will be discarded by
          the client. A client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> only update its SOL_MAX_RT and INF_MAX_RT
          values if all received Advertise messages that contained the
          corresponding option specified the same value; otherwise, it should
          use the default value (see <xref target="RFC3315-5.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.6"/>).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.9-7">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> ignore any Advertise message that contains
          no addresses (IA Address options (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>)
          encapsulated in IA_NA options (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>)) and
          no delegated prefixes (IA Prefix options
          (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>) encapsulated in IA_PD
          options (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>)), with the exception
          that the client:</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.9-8">
            <li pn="section-18.2.9-8.1">
              <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> process an included SOL_MAX_RT option
              and</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.9-8.2">
              <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> process an included INF_MAX_RT option.</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.9-9">A client can record in an activity log or display to the user
          any associated status message(s).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.9-10">The client ignoring an Advertise message <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> restart the
          Solicit retransmission timer.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.1.8" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.10">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-reply-messages">Receipt of Reply Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10-1">Upon the receipt of a valid Reply message in response to a
          Solicit with a Rapid Commit option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>),
          Request, Confirm, Renew, Rebind, or Information-request message,
          the client extracts the top-level Status Code option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) if present.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10-2">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> process any SOL_MAX_RT option
          (see <xref target="SOL_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.24"/>) and INF_MAX_RT option
          (see <xref target="INF_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.25"/>) present in a
          Reply message, even if the message contains a Status Code option
          indicating a failure.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10-3">If the client receives a Reply message with a status code of
          UnspecFail, the server is indicating that it was unable to process
          the client's message due to an unspecified failure condition. If the
          client retransmits the original message to the same server to retry
          the desired operation, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> limit the rate at which it
          retransmits the message and limit the duration of the time during
          which it retransmits the message (see <xref target="rate-limit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 14.1"/>).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10-4">Otherwise (no status code or another status code), the client
          processes the Reply as described below based on the original message
          for which the Reply was received.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10-5">The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> choose to report any status code or message from
          the Status Code option in the Reply message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10-6">The topic of revoking previously assigned options is discussed
          in <xref target="revoking-config" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.10.5"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10-7">When a client receives a requested option that has an updated
          value from what was previously received, the client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> make
          use of that updated value as soon as possible for its configuration
          information.</t>
          <section anchor="reply-solicit-request-renew-rebind" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.10.1">
            <name slugifiedName="name-reply-for-solicit-with-rapi">Reply for Solicit (with Rapid Commit), Request, Renew, or Rebind</name>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.1-1">If the client receives a NotOnLink status from the server in
            response to a Solicit (with a Rapid Commit option;
            see <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>) or a Request,
            the client can either reissue the message without specifying any
            addresses or restart the DHCP server discovery process (see <xref target="configuration-exchange" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18"/>
            or <xref target="RFC8415bis-18.2.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.13"/>).</t>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.1-2">If the Reply was received in response to a Solicit (with a
            Rapid Commit option), Request, Renew, or Rebind message, the
            client updates the information it has recorded about IAs from the
            IA options contained in the Reply message:</t>
            <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.10.1-3">
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-3.1">Calculate T1 and T2 times (based on T1 and T2
                values sent in the message and the message reception time), if
                appropriate for the IA type.</li>
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-3.2">Add any new leases in the IA option to the IA
                as recorded by the client.</li>
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-3.3">Update lifetimes for any leases in the IA
                option that the client already has recorded in the IA.</li>
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-3.4">Discard any leases from the IA, as recorded by
                the client, that have a valid lifetime of 0 in the IA Address
                or IA Prefix option.</li>
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-3.5">Leave unchanged any information about leases
                the client has recorded in the IA but that were not included
                in the IA from the server.</li>
            </ul>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.1-4">If the client can operate with the addresses and/or prefixes
            obtained from the server:</t>
            <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.10.1-5">
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-5.1">The client uses the addresses, delegated
                prefixes, and other information from any IAs that do not
                contain a Status Code option with the NoAddrsAvail or
                NoPrefixAvail status code. The client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include the IAs for
                which it received the NoAddrsAvail or NoPrefixAvail status
                code, with no addresses or prefixes, in subsequent Renew and
                Rebind messages sent to the server, to retry obtaining the
                addresses or prefixes for these IAs.</li>
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-5.2">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> perform duplicate address
                detection as per <xref target="RFC4862" section="5.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4862#section-5.4" derivedContent="RFC4862"/>,
                which does list some exceptions, on each of the
                received addresses in any IAs on which it has not performed
                duplicate address detection during processing of any of the
                previous Reply messages from the server. The client performs
                the duplicate address detection before using the received
                addresses for any traffic. If any of the addresses are found
                to be in use on the link, the client sends a Decline message
                to the server for those addresses as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.8"/>.</li>
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-5.3">For each assigned address that does not have any
                associated reachability information (see the definition of
                "on-link" in 
                <xref target="RFC4861" section="2.1" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc4861#section-2.1" derivedContent="RFC4861"/>), in order to avoid the
                problems described in <xref target="RFC4943" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4943"/>, the client
                <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> assume that any addresses are reachable on-link as a
                result of receiving an IA Address option (see
                <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>). Addresses obtained from
                an IA Address option <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> be used to form an implicit prefix
                with a length other than 128.</li>
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-5.4">
                <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.1-5.4.1">For each delegated prefix, the client assigns a
                subnet to each of the links to which the associated interfaces are
                attached.
                </t>
                <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.1-5.4.2">
                When a client subnets a delegated prefix, it must assign
                additional bits to the prefix to generate unique, longer prefixes.
                For example, if the client in <xref target="FigISPNetwork" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Figure 1"/> were delegated
                2001:db8:0::/48, it might generate 2001:db8:0:1::/64 and
                2001:db8:0:2::/64 for assignment to the two links in the subscriber
                network.  If the client were delegated 2001:db8:0::/48
                and 2001:db8:5::/48, it might assign 2001:db8:0:1::/64 and
                2001:db8:5:1::/64 to one of the links, and 2001:db8:0:2::/64 and
                2001:db8:5:2::/64 for assignment to the other link.
                </t>
                <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.1-5.4.3">
                If the client uses a delegated prefix to configure addresses on
                interfaces on itself or other nodes behind it, the preferred and
                valid lifetimes of those addresses <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be no longer than the
                remaining preferred and valid lifetimes, respectively, for the
                delegated prefix at any time.  In particular, if the delegated
                prefix or a prefix derived from it is advertised for stateless
                address autoconfiguration <xref target="RFC4862" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4862"/>, the
                advertised preferred and valid lifetimes <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> exceed the
                corresponding remaining lifetimes of the delegated prefix.</t>
              </li>
            </ul>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.1-6">Management of the specific configuration information is
            detailed in the definition of each option in <xref target="RFC3315-22" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21"/>.</t>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.1-7">If the Reply message contains any IAs but the client finds no
            usable addresses and/or delegated prefixes in any of these IAs,
            the client may either try another server (perhaps restarting the
            DHCP server discovery process) or use the Information-request
            message to obtain other configuration information only.</t>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.1-8">When the client receives a Reply message in response to a Renew
            or Rebind message, the client:</t>
            <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.10.1-9">
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-9.1">Sends a Request message to the server that
                responded if any of the IAs in the Reply message contain the
                NoBinding status code. The client places IA options in this
                message for all IAs. The client continues to use other bindings
                for which the server did not return an error.</li>
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-9.2">Sends a Renew/Rebind if any of the IAs are not
                in the Reply message, but as this likely indicates that the server
                that responded does not support that IA type, sending immediately
                is unlikely to produce a different result. Therefore, the client
                <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> rate-limit its transmissions (see <xref target="rate-limit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 14.1"/>)
                and <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> just wait for the normal retransmission time (as if the
                Reply message had not been received). The client continues to use
                other bindings for which the server did return information.</li>
              <li pn="section-18.2.10.1-9.3">Otherwise accepts the information in the
                IA.</li>
            </ul>
          </section>
          <section anchor="reply-release-decline" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.10.2">
            <name slugifiedName="name-reply-for-release-and-decli">Reply for Release and Decline</name>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.2-1">When the client receives a valid Reply message in response to a
            Release message, the client considers the Release event completed,
            regardless of the Status Code option
            (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) returned by the server.</t>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.2-2">When the client receives a valid Reply message in response to a
            Decline message, the client considers the Decline event completed,
            regardless of the Status Code option(s) returned by the
            server.</t>
          </section>
          <section anchor="reply-confirm" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.10.3">
            <name slugifiedName="name-reply-for-confirm">Reply for Confirm</name>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.3-1">If the client receives
            any Reply messages that indicate a status of Success (explicit or
            implicit), the client can use the addresses in the IA and ignore
            any messages that indicate a NotOnLink status. When the client
            only receives one or more Reply messages with the NotOnLink status in
            response to a Confirm message, the client performs DHCP server
            discovery as described in <xref target="configuration-exchange" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18"/>.</t>
          </section>
          <section anchor="reply-inforequest" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.10.4">
            <name slugifiedName="name-reply-for-information-reque">Reply for Information-request</name>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.4-1">Refer to <xref target="RFC4242-Option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.23"/> for details on how the
            Information Refresh Time option (whether or not present in the
            Reply) should be handled by the client.</t>
          </section>
          <section anchor="revoking-config" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.10.5">
            <name slugifiedName="name-revoking-previously-provide">Revoking Previously Provided Options</name>
            <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.10.5-1">When a client receives a Reply for a Renew, Rebind, or
Information-Request that does not include a requested configuration
option that it previously received in a Reply, the client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> stop
using the previously received configuration information.  In other words, the client should behave as if
          it never received this configuration option and return to the
          relevant default state.  If there is no viable way to stop using
          the received configuration information, the values
          received/configured from the option <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> persist if there are
          no other sources for that data and they have no external impact.
          For example, a client that previously received a Client FQDN
          option (see <xref target="RFC4704" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4704"/>) and used
          it to set up its hostname is allowed to continue
          using it if there is no reasonable way for a node to unset its
          hostname and it has no external impact.  As a counterexample,
          a client that previously received an NTP server address from
          the DHCP server and does not receive it anymore <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> stop
          using the configured NTP server address.  The client
          <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be open to other sources of the same configuration
          information.  This behavior does not apply to any IA options;
          their processing is described in <xref target="reply-solicit-request-renew-rebind" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.10.1"/>.</t>
          </section>
        </section>
        <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.11">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-reconfigure-mess">Receipt of Reconfigure Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.11-1">A client receives Reconfigure messages sent to UDP port 546
          on interfaces for which it has acquired configuration information
          through DHCP. These messages may be sent at any time. Since the
          results of a reconfiguration event may affect application-layer
          programs, the client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> log these events and <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> notify these
          programs of the change through an implementation-specific
          interface.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.11-2">The message <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be dropped if it doesn't pass the validation,
          as explained in <xref target="RFC3315-15.11" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 16.11"/>,
          particularly in cases where the authentication is missing or fails.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.11-3">Upon receipt of a valid Reconfigure message, the client responds
          with a Renew message, a Rebind message, or an
          Information-request message as indicated by the Reconfigure Message
          option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.19" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.19"/>). The
          client ignores the "transaction-id" field in the received Reconfigure
          message. While the transaction is in progress, the client discards
          any Reconfigure messages it receives.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.11-4">The Reconfigure message acts as a trigger that signals the
          client to complete a successful message exchange. Once the
          client has received a Reconfigure, the client proceeds with the
          message exchange (retransmitting the Renew, Rebind, or
          Information-request message if necessary); the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> ignore
          any additional Reconfigure messages until the exchange is
          complete.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.11-5">Duplicate messages will be
          ignored because the client will begin the exchange after the
          receipt of the first Reconfigure. Retransmitted messages will
          either (1) trigger the exchange (if the first Reconfigure was
          not received by the client) or (2) be ignored. The server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14>
          discontinue retransmission of Reconfigure messages to the client
          once the server receives the Renew, Rebind, or
          Information-request message from the client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.11-6">It might be possible for a duplicate or retransmitted
          Reconfigure to be sufficiently delayed (and delivered out of
          order) that it arrives at the client after the exchange (initiated by
          the original Reconfigure) has been completed. In this case, the
          client would initiate a redundant exchange. The likelihood of
          delayed and out-of-order delivery is small enough to be
          ignored. The consequence of the redundant exchange is
          inefficiency rather than incorrect operation.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.2.12" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.12">
          <name slugifiedName="name-refreshing-configuration-in">Refreshing Configuration Information</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.12-1">Whenever a client may have moved to a new link, the
          prefixes/addresses assigned to the interfaces on that link may no
          longer be appropriate for the link to which the client is attached.
          Examples of times when a client may have moved to a new link
          include the following:</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.2.12-2">
            <li pn="section-18.2.12-2.1">The client reboots (and has stable storage and
              persistent DHCP state).</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.12-2.2">The client is reconnected to a link on which
              it has obtained leases.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.12-2.3">The client returns from sleep mode.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.12-2.4">The client changes access points (e.g., if
              using Wi-Fi technology).</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.12-2.5">The client's network interface indicates a disconnection event
            followed by a connection event.</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.12-3">Specific algorithms for detecting network attachment changes are out of scope
          for this document. Two possible mechanisms for detecting situations where refreshing
          configuration information may be needed are defined in <xref target="RFC6059" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6059"/> and <xref target="RFC4957" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4957"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.12-4">When the client detects that it may have moved to a new link and it
          has obtained addresses and no delegated prefixes from a server, the
          client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> initiate a Confirm/Reply message exchange. The client
          <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include any IAs assigned to the interface that may have moved to a
          new link, along with the addresses associated with those IAs, in its
          Confirm message. Any responding servers will indicate whether those
          addresses are appropriate for the link to which the client is
          attached with the status in the Reply message it returns to the
          client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.12-5">If the client has any valid delegated prefixes obtained from the
          DHCP server, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
          initiate a Rebind/Reply message exchange as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.5"/>, with the exception that the
          retransmission parameters should be set as for the Confirm message
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.3"/>). The client includes IA_NAs and IA_PDs,
          along with the associated leases, in its Rebind message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.12-6">If the client has only obtained network information using Information-request/Reply
          message exchanges, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> initiate an Information-request/Reply message exchange as
          described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.6"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.12-7">If the client has not detected having moved to a new link but has detected a significant change regarding the prefixes available on the link, the client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> initiate one of the Renew/Reply, Confirm/Reply, or Information-request/Reply exchanges. A change is considered significant when one or more on-link prefixes are added and/or one or more existing on-link prefixes are deprecated. The reason for this is that such a significant change may indicate a configuration change at the server. However, a client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> rate-limit such initiation attempts to avoid flooding a server with requests when there are link issues (for example, only doing one of these at most every 30 seconds).
          </t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.12-8">
            The above selection of an exchange to initiate depends on the client's current state:
          </t>
          <ul bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" spacing="normal" pn="section-18.2.12-9">
            <li pn="section-18.2.12-9.1">If the client has any valid delegated prefixes obtained
            from the server, it sends Renew (as if the T1 time expired) as
            described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.4"/>.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.12-9.2">Else, if the client obtained an address(es) from the server,
            it sends Confirm as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.3"/>.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.2.12-9.3">Else, if only network information was obtained from the
            server, it sends an Information-request as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.6"/>.</li>
          </ul>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC8415bis-18.2.13" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.2.13">
          <name slugifiedName="name-restarting-server-discovery">Restarting Server Discovery Process</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.2.13-1">Whenever a client restarts the DHCP server discovery process or
        selects an alternate server as described in <xref target="RFC3315-17.1.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.9"/>,
        the client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> stop using any addresses and delegated prefixes for
        which it has bindings (see <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.7"/>)
        and, if possible, any other configuration
        information it previously received.  The client <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> also try to obtain new bindings and other configuration
        information from a new server for the same interface. This facilitates the client using a
        single state machine for all bindings.</t>
        </section>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-18.2" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-server-behavior">Server Behavior</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3-1">For this discussion, the server is assumed to have been configured
        in an implementation-specific manner with configurations of interest to
        clients.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3-2">A server sends an Advertise message in response to each valid Solicit
        message it receives to announce the availability of the server to the
        client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3-3">In most cases, the server will send a Reply in response to
        Request, Confirm, Renew, Rebind, Decline, Release, and Information-request
        messages sent by a client. The server will also send a Reply in
        response to a Solicit with a Rapid Commit option
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>) when the server is
        configured to respond with committed lease assignments.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3-4">These Advertise and Reply messages <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> always contain the
        Server Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) containing
        the server's DUID and the Client Identifier option
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) from the
        client message if one was present.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3-5">In most response messages, the server includes options containing
        configuration information for the client. The server must be aware of
        the recommendations on message sizes and the use of fragmentation
        as discussed in <xref target="RFC8200" section="5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8200#section-5" derivedContent="RFC8200"/>. If the
        client included an Option Request option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.7"/>) in its message, the server includes options
        in the response message containing configuration parameters for all of
        the options identified in the Option Request option that the server has
        been configured to return to the client. The server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> return
        additional options to the client if it has been configured to do
        so.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3-6">Any message sent from a client may arrive at the server
        encapsulated in one or more Relay-forward messages. The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
        use the received message to construct the proper Relay-reply
        message to allow the response to the received message to be
        relayed through the same relay agents (in reverse order) as
        the original client message; see <xref target="RFC3315-20.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 19.3"/>
        for more details.
        The server may also need to record this information with each
        client in case it is needed to send a Reconfigure message at a later
        time, unless the server has been configured with addresses that can be
        used to send Reconfigure messages directly to the client (see
        <xref target="reconfigure-transmission" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3.11"/>). Note that servers
        that support leasequery <xref target="RFC5007" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC5007"/> also need
        to record this information.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3-7">By sending Reconfigure messages, the server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> initiate a
        configuration exchange to cause DHCP clients to obtain new addresses,
        prefixes, and other configuration information. For example, an
        administrator may use a server-initiated configuration exchange when
        links in the DHCP domain are to be renumbered or when other
        configuration options are updated, perhaps because servers
        are moved, added, or removed.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3-8">When a client receives a Reconfigure message from the server, the
        client initiates sending a Renew, Rebind, or Information-request message
        as indicated by msg-type in the Reconfigure Message option (see
        <xref target="RFC3315-22.19" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.19"/>). The server sends IAs and/or
        other configuration information to the client in a Reply message. The
        server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include options containing the IAs and new values for other
        configuration parameters in the Reply message, even if those IAs and
        parameters were not requested in the client's message.</t>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-17.2.1" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.1">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-solicit-messages">Receipt of Solicit Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.1-1">The server determines the information about the client and its
          location as described in <xref target="RFC3315-11" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 13"/> and
          checks its administrative policy about responding to the client. If
          the server is not permitted to respond to the client, the server
          discards the Solicit message. For example, if the administrative
          policy for the server is that it may only respond to a client that
          is willing to accept a Reconfigure message, if the client does not
          include a Reconfigure Accept option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.20" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.20"/>) in the Solicit message, the server
          discards the Solicit message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.1-2">If (1) the server is permitted to respond to the client,
          (2) the client has not included a Rapid Commit option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>) in the Solicit message, or
          (3) the server has not been configured to respond with
          committed assignments of leases and other resources, the server
          sends an Advertise message to the client as described in
          <xref target="RFC3315-17.2.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3.9"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.1-3">If the client has included a Rapid Commit option in the Solicit
          message and the server has been configured to respond with committed
          assignments of leases and other resources, the server responds to the
          Solicit with a Reply message. The server produces the Reply message
          as though it had received a Request message as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.2.1" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3.2"/>. The server transmits the Reply
          message as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.2.8" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3.10"/>.
          The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> commit the assignment
          of any addresses and delegated prefixes or other configuration
          information before sending a Reply message to a client. In this case,
          the server includes a Rapid Commit option in the Reply message to
          indicate that the Reply is in response to a Solicit message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.1-4">DISCUSSION:</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.3.1-5">
            <li pn="section-18.3.1-5.1">When using the Solicit/Reply message exchange, the server
              commits the assignment of any leases before sending the Reply
              message. The client can assume that it has been assigned the
              leases in the Reply message and does not need to send a
              Request message for those leases.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.3.1-5.2">Typically, servers that are configured to use the
              Solicit/Reply message exchange will be deployed so that only one
              server will respond to a Solicit message. If more than one
              server responds, the client will only use the leases from one of
              the servers, while the leases from the other servers will be
              committed to the client but not used by the client.</li>
          </ul>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.2.1" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.2">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-request-messages">Receipt of Request Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-1">When the server receives a valid Request message, the server
          creates the bindings for that client according to the server's
          policy and configuration information and records the IAs and other
          information requested by the client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-2">The server constructs a Reply message by setting the "msg-type"
          field to REPLY and copying the transaction ID from the Request
          message into the "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-3">The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include in the Reply message a
          Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) containing the
          server's DUID and the Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) from the Request
          message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-4">The server examines all IAs in the message from the client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-5">For each IA_NA option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>) in the Request
          message, the server checks if the prefixes of included addresses are appropriate for
          the link to which the client is connected. If any of the prefixes of
          the included addresses are not appropriate for the link to which
          the client is connected, the server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> return the IA to the client
          with a Status Code option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>)
          with the value NotOnLink. If the server
          does not send the NotOnLink status code but it cannot assign any IP
          addresses to an IA, the server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> return the IA option in the Reply
          message with no addresses in the IA and a Status Code option
          containing status code NoAddrsAvail in the IA.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-6">For any IA_PD option (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>) in the
          Request message to which the server cannot assign any delegated
          prefixes, the server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> return the IA_PD
          option in the Reply message with no prefixes in the IA_PD and with a
          Status Code option containing status code NoPrefixAvail in the IA_PD.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-7">The server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> assign different addresses and/or delegated prefixes
          to an IA than those included within the IA of the client's Request
          message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-8">For all IAs to which the server can assign addresses or delegated
          prefixes, the server includes the IAs with addresses (for IA_NAs),
          prefixes (for IA_PDs), and other configuration parameters
          and records the IA as a new client binding. The server <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14>
          include any addresses or delegated prefixes in the IA that the
          server does not assign to the client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-9">The T1/T2 times set in each applicable IA option for a Reply <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
          be the same values across all IAs. The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> determine the
          T1/T2 times across all of the applicable client's bindings in the
          Reply. This facilitates the client being able to renew all of the
          bindings at the same time.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-10">The server <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> include a Reconfigure Accept option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.20" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.20"/>) if the server
          policy enables the reconfigure mechanism and the client supports it.
          Currently, sending this option in a Reply is technically redundant,
          as the use of the reconfiguration mechanism requires authentication;
          at present, the only defined mechanism is RKAP (see <xref target="reconfigure-protocol" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20.4"/>), and the presence of the
          reconfigure key signals support for the acceptance of Reconfigure
          messages. However, there may be better security mechanisms defined
          in the future that would cause RKAP to not be used anymore.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-11">The server includes other options containing configuration
          information to be returned to the client as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-12">If the server finds that the client has included an IA in the
          Request message for which the server already has a binding that
          associates the IA with the client, the server sends a Reply
          message with existing bindings, possibly with updated lifetimes. The
          server may update the bindings according to its local policies, but
          the server <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> generate the response again and not simply
          retransmit previously sent information, even if the
          "transaction-id" field value matches a previous transmission.
          The server <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> cache its responses.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.2-13">DISCUSSION:</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.3.2-14">
            <li pn="section-18.3.2-14.1">Cached replies are bad because
          lifetimes need to be updated (either decrease the timers by
          the amount of time elapsed since the original transmission
          or keep the lifetime values and update the lease
          information in the server's database). Also, if the message uses any
          security protection (such as the Replay Detection Method (RDM),
          as described in <xref target="replay" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20.3"/>), its value must be updated.
          Additionally, any digests must be updated. Given all of the above,
          caching replies is far more complex than simply sending the
          same buffer as before, and it is easy to miss some of those
          steps.</li>
          </ul>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.2.2" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.3">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-confirm-messages">Receipt of Confirm Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.3-1">When the server receives a Confirm message, the server determines
          whether the addresses in the Confirm message are appropriate for the
          link to which the client is attached. If all of the addresses in the
          Confirm message pass this test, the server returns a status of
          Success. If any of the addresses do not pass this test, the server
          returns a status of NotOnLink. If the server is unable to perform
          this test (for example, the server does not have information about
          prefixes on the link to which the client is connected) or there
          were no addresses in any of the IAs sent by the client, the server
          <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> send a Reply to the client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.3-2">The server ignores the T1 and T2 fields in the IA options and the
          preferred-lifetime and valid-lifetime fields in the IA Address
          options (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.3-3">The server constructs a Reply message by setting the "msg-type"
          field to REPLY and copying the transaction ID from the Confirm
          message into the "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.3-4">The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include in the Reply message a
          Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) containing the
          server's DUID and the Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) from the Confirm
          message. The server includes a Status Code
          option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) indicating the
          status of the Confirm message.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.2.3" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.4">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-renew-messages">Receipt of Renew Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-1">For each IA in the Renew message from a client, the server
          locates the client's binding and verifies that the information in
          the IA from the client matches the information stored for that
          client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-2">If the server finds the client entry for the IA, the server sends
          the IA back to the client with new lifetimes and, if applicable,
          T1/T2 times. If the server is unable to extend the lifetimes of an
          address or delegated prefix in the IA, the server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> choose not to
          include the IA Address option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>) for
          that address or IA Prefix option (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>)
          for that delegated prefix. If the server chooses to include the IA Address or
          IA Prefix option for such an address or delegated prefix, the server
          <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> set T1 and T2 values to the valid lifetime for the IA option unless
          the server also includes other addresses or delegated prefixes that
          the server is able to extend for the IA. Setting T1 and T2
          to values equal to the valid lifetime informs the client that the leases
          associated with said IA will not be extended, so there is no
          point in trying. Also, it avoids generating unnecessary
          traffic as the remaining lifetime approaches 0.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-3">The server may choose to change the list of addresses or
          delegated prefixes and the lifetimes in IAs that are returned to the
          client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-4">If the server finds that any of the addresses in the IA are not
          appropriate for the link to which the client is attached, the server
          returns the address to the client with lifetimes of 0.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-5">If the server finds that any of the delegated prefixes in the IA
          are not appropriate for the link to which the client is attached,
          the server returns the delegated prefix to the client with lifetimes
          of 0.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-6">For each IA for which the server cannot find a client entry, the
          server has the following choices, depending on the server's policy
          and configuration information:</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.3.4-7">
            <li pn="section-18.3.4-7.1">If the server is configured to create new
              bindings as a result of processing Renew messages, the server
              <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> create a binding and return the IA with assigned
              addresses or delegated prefixes with lifetimes and, if
              applicable, T1/T2 times and other information requested by the
              client. If the client included the IA Prefix option within the
              IA_PD option (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>)
              with a zero value in the "IPv6-prefix" field and a
              non-zero value in the "prefix-length" field, the server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> use
              the "prefix-length" value as a hint for the length of the
              prefixes to be assigned (see <xref target="RFC8168" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8168"/>
              for further details on prefix-length hints).</li>
            <li pn="section-18.3.4-7.2">If the server is configured to create new
              bindings as a result of processing Renew messages but the
              server will not assign any leases to an IA, the server returns
              the IA option containing a Status Code option
              (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) with the
              NoAddrsAvail or NoPrefixAvail status code and a status message
              for a user.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.3.4-7.3">If the server does not support creation of new
              bindings for the client sending a Renew message or if this
              behavior is disabled according to the server's policy or
              configuration information, the server returns the IA option
              containing a Status Code option with the NoBinding status code
              and a status message for a user.</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-8">The server constructs a Reply message by setting the "msg-type"
          field to REPLY and copying the transaction ID from the Renew message
          into the "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-9">The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include in the Reply message a
          Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) containing the
          server's DUID and the Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) from the Renew
          message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-10">The server includes other options containing configuration
          information to be returned to the client as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-11">The server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include options containing the IAs and values for
          other configuration parameters, even if those parameters were not
          requested in the Renew message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.4-12">The T1/T2 values set in each applicable IA option for a Reply <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
          be the same across all IAs. The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> determine the
          T1/T2 values across all of the applicable client's bindings in the
          Reply. This facilitates the client being able to renew all of the
          bindings at the same time.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.2.4" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.5">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-rebind-messages">Receipt of Rebind Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-1">When the server receives a Rebind message that contains an IA
          option from a client, it locates the client's binding and verifies
          that the information in the IA from the client matches the
          information stored for that client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-2">If the server finds the client entry for the IA and the server
          determines that the addresses or delegated prefixes in the IA are
          appropriate for the link to which the client's interface is attached
          according to the server's explicit configuration information, the
          server <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> send the IA back to the client with new lifetimes and,
          if applicable, T1/T2 values. If the server is unable to extend the
          lifetimes of an address in the IA, the server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> choose not to
          include the IA Address option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>)
          for this address. If the server is
          unable to extend the lifetimes of a delegated prefix in the IA, the
          server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> choose not to include the IA Prefix option
          (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>) for this prefix.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-3">If the server finds that the client entry for the IA and any of
          the addresses or delegated prefixes are no longer appropriate for
          the link to which the client's interface is attached according to
          the server's explicit configuration information, the server returns
          those addresses or delegated prefixes to the client with lifetimes
          of 0.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-4">If the server cannot find a client entry for the IA, the server
          checks if the IA contains addresses (for IA_NAs) or
          delegated prefixes (for IA_PDs). The server checks if the addresses
          and delegated prefixes are appropriate for the link to which the
          client's interface is attached according to the server's explicit
          configuration information. For any address that is not appropriate
          for the link to which the client's interface is attached, the server
          <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include the IA Address option with lifetimes of 0. For any
          delegated prefix that is not appropriate for the link to which the
          client's interface is attached, the server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include the IA Prefix
          option with lifetimes of 0. The Reply with lifetimes of 0
          constitutes an explicit notification to the client that the specific
          addresses and delegated prefixes are no longer valid and <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> be
          used by the client. If the server chooses to not include any IAs
          containing IA Address or IA Prefix options with lifetimes of 0 and
          the server does not include any other IAs with leases and/or status
          codes, the server does not send a Reply message. In this situation,
          the server discards the Rebind message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-5">Otherwise, for each IA for which the server cannot find a client
          entry, the server has the following choices, depending on the
          server's policy and configuration information:</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-18.3.5-6">
            <li pn="section-18.3.5-6.1">If the server is configured to create new
              bindings as a result of processing Rebind messages (also see the
              note below about the Rapid Commit option
              (<xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>)), the server <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14>
              create a binding and return the IA with allocated leases with
              lifetimes and, if applicable, T1/T2 values and other information
              requested by the client. The server <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> return any
              addresses or delegated prefixes in the IA that the server does
              not assign to the client.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.3.5-6.2">If the server is configured to create new
              bindings as a result of processing Rebind messages but the
              server will not assign any leases to an IA, the server returns
              the IA option containing a Status Code option
              (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) with the
              NoAddrsAvail or NoPrefixAvail status code and a status message
              for a user.</li>
            <li pn="section-18.3.5-6.3">If the server does not support creation of new
              bindings for the client sending a Rebind message or if this
              behavior is disabled according to the server's policy or
              configuration information, the server returns the IA option
              containing a Status Code option with the NoBinding status code
              and a status message for a user.</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-7">When the server creates new bindings for the IA, it is possible
          that other servers also create bindings as a result of receiving the
          same Rebind message; see the "DISCUSSION" text in
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>. Therefore, the server <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> only
          create new bindings during processing of a Rebind message if the
          server is configured to respond with a Reply message to a Solicit
          message containing the Rapid Commit option.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-8">The server constructs a Reply message by setting the "msg-type"
          field to REPLY and copying the transaction ID from the Rebind
          message into the "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-9">The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include in the Reply message a
          Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) containing the
          server's DUID and the Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) from the Rebind
          message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-10">The server includes other options containing configuration
          information to be returned to the client as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-11">The server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include options containing the IAs and values for
          other configuration parameters, even if those IAs and parameters
          were not requested in the Rebind message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.5-12">The T1 or T2 values set in each applicable IA option for a Reply
          <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be the same values across all IAs.  The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> determine
          the T1 or T2 values across all of the applicable client's bindings
          in the Reply. This facilitates the client being able to renew all of
          the bindings at the same time.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.2.5" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.6">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-information-requ">Receipt of Information-request Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.6-1">When the server receives an Information-request message, the
          client is requesting configuration information that does not include
          the assignment of any leases. The server determines all
          configuration parameters appropriate to the client, based on the
          server configuration policies known to the server.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.6-2">The server constructs a Reply message by setting the "msg-type"
          field to REPLY and copying the transaction ID from the
          Information-request message into the "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.6-3">The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) containing the
          server's DUID in the Reply message. If the client included a Client
          Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) in the
          Information-request message, the server
          copies that option to the Reply message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.6-4">The server includes options containing configuration information
          to be returned to the client as described in <xref target="RFC3315-18.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3"/>. The server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include additional
          options that were not requested by the client in the
          Information-request message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.6-5">If the Information-request message received from the client did
          not include a Client Identifier option, the server <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> respond
          with a Reply message containing any configuration parameters that
          are not determined by the client's identity. If the server chooses
          not to respond, the client may continue to retransmit the
          Information-request message indefinitely.</t>
        </section>
        <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.7">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-release-messages">Receipt of Release Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.7-1">The server constructs a Reply message by setting the "msg-type"
          field to REPLY and copying the transaction ID from the Release
          message into the "transaction-id" field.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.7-2">Upon the receipt of a valid Release message, the server examines
          the IAs and the leases in the IAs for validity. If the IAs in the
          message are in a binding for the client and the leases in the IAs
          have been assigned by the server to those IAs, the server deletes
          the leases from the IAs and makes the leases available for
          assignment to other clients. The server ignores leases not assigned
          to the IAs, although it may choose to log an error.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.7-3">After all the leases have been processed, the server generates a
          Reply message and includes a Status Code option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) with the value Success,
          a Server Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>)
          with the server's DUID, and a Client Identifier option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) with the client's DUID. For each IA in the Release
          message for which the server has no binding information, the server
          adds an IA option using the IAID from the Release message and
          includes a Status Code option with the value NoBinding in the IA
          option. No other options are included in the IA option.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.7-4">A server may choose to retain a record of assigned leases and IAs
          after the lifetimes on the leases have expired to allow the server
          to reassign the previously assigned leases to a client.</t>
        </section>
        <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.8">
          <name slugifiedName="name-receipt-of-decline-messages">Receipt of Decline Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.8-1">Upon the receipt of a valid Decline message, the server examines
          the IAs and the addresses in the IAs for validity. If the IAs in the
          message are in a binding for the client and the addresses in the
          IAs have been assigned by the server to those IAs, the server
          deletes the addresses from the IAs. The server ignores addresses not
          assigned to the IAs (though it may choose to log an error if it finds
          such addresses).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.8-2">The client has found any addresses in the Decline messages to be
          already in use on its link. Therefore, the server <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> mark the
          addresses declined by the client so that those addresses are not
          assigned to other clients and <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> choose to make a notification
          that addresses were declined. Local policy on the server determines
          when the addresses identified in a Decline message may be made
          available for assignment.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.8-3">After all the addresses have been processed, the server generates
          a Reply message by setting the "msg-type" field to REPLY and
          copying the transaction ID from the Decline message into the
          "transaction-id" field. The server includes a Status Code option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>) with
          the value Success, a Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) with the server's
          DUID, and a Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) with the client's DUID. For
          each IA in the Decline message for which the server has no binding
          information, the server adds an IA option using the IAID from the
          Decline message and includes a Status Code option with the value
          NoBinding in the IA option. No other options are included in the IA
          option.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-17.2.2" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.9">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-of-advertise-messa">Creation of Advertise Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.9-1">The server sets the "msg-type" field to ADVERTISE and copies the
          contents of the "transaction-id" field from the Solicit message
          received from the client to the Advertise message. The server
          includes its server identifier in a Server Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) and
          copies the Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>) from the Solicit message into
          the Advertise message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.9-2">The server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> add a Preference option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.8" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.8"/>) to carry the preference
          value for the Advertise message. The server implementation <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14>
          allow the setting of a server preference value by the administrator.
          The server preference value <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> default to 0 unless otherwise
          configured by the server administrator.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.9-3">The server includes a Reconfigure Accept option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.20" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.20"/>) if the server
          wants to indicate that it supports the Reconfigure mechanism. This
          information may be used by the client during the server
          selection process.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.9-4">The server includes the options the server will return to the client
          in a subsequent Reply message. The information in these options may
          be used by the client in the selection of a server if the client
          receives more than one Advertise message. The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include
          options in the Advertise message containing configuration parameters
          for all of the options identified in the Option Request option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.7"/>) in the Solicit message
          that the server has been configured to return to the client.  If the
          Option Request option includes a container option, the server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include all
          the options that are eligible to be encapsulated in the container. The Option
          Request option <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> be used to signal support for a feature even when that option is
          encapsulated, as in the case of the Prefix Exclude option <xref target="RFC6603" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6603"/>.
          In this case, special processing is required by the server.
          The server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> return additional options to the client if it has been
          configured to do so.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.9-5">The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include IA options in the Advertise message
          containing any addresses and/or delegated prefixes that would be
          assigned to IAs contained in the Solicit message from the client. If
          the client has included addresses in the IA Address options
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>) in the Solicit message,
          the server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> use those addresses as hints about the addresses that
          the client would like to receive. If the client has included IA
          Prefix options (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>),
          the server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> use the prefix contained
          in the "IPv6-prefix" field and/or the prefix length contained in the
          "prefix-length" field as hints about the prefixes the client
          would like to receive. If the server is not going to assign an
          address or delegated prefix received as a hint in the Solicit
          message, the server <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> include this address or delegated
          prefix in the Advertise message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.9-6">If the server will not assign any addresses to an IA_NA
          in subsequent Request messages from the client, the server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
          include the IA option in the Advertise message with no addresses in that IA
          and a Status Code option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>)
          encapsulated in the IA option containing status code NoAddrsAvail.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.9-7">If the server will not assign any prefixes to an IA_PD in
          subsequent Request messages from the client, the server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
          include the IA_PD option (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>)
          in the Advertise message with no prefixes in the IA_PD
          option and a Status Code option encapsulated in the IA_PD containing
          status code NoPrefixAvail.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.9-8">Transmission of Advertise messages is described in the next
          section.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="RFC3315-18.2.8" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.10">
          <name slugifiedName="name-transmission-of-advertise-a">Transmission of Advertise and Reply Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.10-1">If the original message was received directly by the server, the
          server unicasts the Advertise or Reply message directly to the client
          using the address in the source address field from the IP datagram in which
          the original message was received. The Advertise or Reply message <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
          be unicast through the interface on which the original message was
          received.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.10-2">If the original message was received in a Relay-forward message,
          the server constructs a Relay-reply message with the Reply message
          in the payload of a Relay Message option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.10" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.10"/>). If the Relay-forward messages
          included an Interface-Id option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.18" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.18"/>),
          the server copies that option to
          the Relay-reply message. The server unicasts the Relay-reply message
          directly to the relay agent using the address in the source address
          field from the IP datagram in which the Relay-forward message was
          received. See <xref target="RFC3315-20.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 19.3"/> for more details on the
          construction of Relay-reply messages.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="reconfigure-transmission" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-18.3.11">
          <name slugifiedName="name-creation-and-transmission-of-rec">Creation and Transmission of Reconfigure Messages</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.11-1">The server sets the "msg-type" field to RECONFIGURE and
          sets the "transaction-id" field to 0. The server includes a
          Server Identifier option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>)
          containing its DUID and a Client Identifier option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>)
          containing the client's DUID in the Reconfigure message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.11-2">Because of the risk of denial-of-service (DoS) attacks against
          DHCP clients, the use of a security mechanism is mandated in
          Reconfigure messages. The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> use DHCP authentication in the
          Reconfigure message (see <xref target="reconfigure-protocol" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20.4"/>).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.11-3">The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include a Reconfigure Message option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.19" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.19"/>) to select whether the client
          responds with a Renew message, a Rebind message, or an
          Information-request message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.11-4">The server <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> include any other options in the Reconfigure
          message, except as specifically allowed in the definition of
          individual options.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.11-5">A server sends each Reconfigure message to a single DHCP client,
          using an IPv6 unicast address of sufficient scope belonging to the
          DHCP client. If the server does not have an address to which it can
          send the Reconfigure message directly to the client, the server
          uses a Relay-reply message (as described in <xref target="RFC3315-20.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 19.3"/>) to send the Reconfigure message to a
          relay agent that will relay the message to the client. The server
          may obtain the address of the client (and the appropriate relay
          agent, if required) through the information the server has about
          clients that have been in contact with the server (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-18.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.3"/>) or through some external agent.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.11-6">To reconfigure more than one client, the server unicasts a
          separate message to each client. The server may initiate the
          reconfiguration of multiple clients concurrently; for example, a
          server may send a Reconfigure message to additional clients while
          previous reconfiguration message exchanges are still in
          progress.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.11-7">The Reconfigure message causes the client to initiate a
          Renew/Reply, Rebind/Reply, or Information-request/Reply message
          exchange with the server. The server interprets the receipt of a
          Renew, Rebind, or Information-request message (whichever was
          specified in the original Reconfigure message) from the client as
          satisfying the Reconfigure message request.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.11-8">When transmitting the Reconfigure message, the server sets
          the retransmission time (RT) to REC_TIMEOUT. If the server does
          not receive a Renew, Rebind, or Information-request message from
          the client before the RT elapses, the server retransmits the
          Reconfigure message, doubles the RT value, and waits again.
          The server continues this process until REC_MAX_RC unsuccessful
          attempts have been made, at which point the server <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> abort
          the reconfigure process for that client.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-18.3.11-9">Default and initial values for REC_TIMEOUT and REC_MAX_RC are
          documented in <xref target="RFC3315-5.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.6"/>.</t>
        </section>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-20" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-19">
      <name slugifiedName="name-relay-agent-behavior">Relay Agent Behavior</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-19-1">The relay agent <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be configured to use a list of destination
      addresses that includes unicast addresses. The list of destination addresses
      <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include the All_DHCP_Servers multicast address or other addresses selected by the network
      administrator. If the relay agent has not been explicitly configured, it
      <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> use the All_DHCP_Servers multicast address as the default.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-19-2">If the relay agent relays messages to the All_DHCP_Servers multicast
      address or other multicast addresses, it sets the Hop Limit field
      to 8.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-19-3">If the relay agent receives a message other than Relay-forward and
      Relay-reply and the relay agent does not recognize its message type, it
      <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> forward the message as described in <xref target="relaying-from-client" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 19.1.1"/>.</t>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-19.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-relaying-a-client-message-o">Relaying a Client Message or a Relay-forward Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1-1">A relay agent relays both messages from clients and Relay-forward
        messages from other relay agents. When a relay agent receives
        a Relay-forward message, a recognized message type for which it is
        not the intended target, or an unrecognized message type,
        it constructs a new Relay-forward message. The
        relay agent copies the source address from the header of the IP
        datagram in which the message was received into the peer-address field
        of the Relay-forward message. The relay agent copies the received DHCP
        message (excluding any IP or UDP headers) into a Relay Message option
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.10" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.10"/>)
        in the new message. The relay agent adds to the Relay-forward message
        any other options it is configured to include.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1-2"><xref target="RFC6221" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6221"/> defines a Lightweight DHCPv6 Relay
        Agent (LDRA) that allows relay agent information to be inserted by an
        access node that performs a link-layer bridging (i.e., non-routing)
        function.</t>
        <section anchor="relaying-from-client" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-19.1.1">
          <name slugifiedName="name-relaying-a-message-from-a-c">Relaying a Message from a Client</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.1-1">If the relay agent received the message to be relayed from a
          client, the relay agent places a globally scoped unicast address
          (i.e., GUA or ULA) from a prefix assigned to the link on which the
          client should be assigned leases into the link-address field. If
          such an address is not available, the relay agent may set the
          link-address field to a link-local address from the interface
          on which the original message was received. This is not recommended,
          as it may require that additional information be provided in the
          server configuration. See 
          <xref target="RFC7969" sectionFormat="of" section="3.2" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7969#section-3.2" derivedContent="RFC7969"/> for a detailed discussion.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.1-2">This address will be used by the server to determine the link
          from which the client should be assigned leases and other
          configuration information.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.1-3">The hop-count value in the Relay-forward message is set to
          0.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.1-4">The relay <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> insert a Client Link-Layer Address option as described
          in <xref target="RFC6939" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6939"/>.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.1-5">If the relay agent cannot use the address in the link-address
          field to identify the interface through which the response to the
          client will be relayed, the relay agent <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Interface-Id
          option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.18" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.18"/>) in the
          Relay-forward message. The server will include the Interface-Id
          option in its Relay-reply message. The relay agent sets the
          link-address field as described earlier in this subsection,
          regardless of whether the relay agent includes an Interface-Id
          option in the Relay-forward message.</t>
        </section>
        <section anchor="relaying-from-relay-agent" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-19.1.2">
          <name slugifiedName="name-relaying-a-message-from-a-r">Relaying a Message from a Relay Agent</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.2-1">If the message received by the relay agent is a Relay-forward
          message and the hop-count value in the message is greater than or
          equal to HOP_COUNT_LIMIT, the relay agent discards the received
          message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.2-2">The relay agent copies the source address from the IP datagram in
          which the message was received into the
          peer-address field in the Relay-forward message and sets the
          hop-count field to the value of the hop-count field in the
          received message incremented by 1.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.2-3">If the source address from the IP datagram header of the received
          message is a globally scoped unicast address (i.e., GUA or ULA),
          the relay agent sets the link-address field to 0; otherwise, the
          relay agent sets the link-address field to a globally scoped unicast
          address (i.e., GUA or ULA) assigned to the interface on which the
          message was received or includes an Interface-Id option (see
          <xref target="RFC3315-22.18" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.18"/>) to identify the interface on which
          the message was received.</t>
        </section>
        <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-19.1.3">
          <name slugifiedName="name-relay-agent-behavior-with-p">Relay Agent Behavior with Prefix Delegation</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.3-1">A relay agent forwards messages containing prefix delegation
          options in the same way as it would relay addresses (i.e., per
          Sections <xref target="relaying-from-client" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="19.1.1"/>
          and <xref target="relaying-from-relay-agent" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="19.1.2"/>).</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-19.1.3-2">If a server communicates with a client through a relay agent
          about delegated prefixes, the server may need a protocol or
          other out-of-band communication to configure routing
          information for delegated prefixes on any router through which the
          client may forward traffic.</t>
        </section>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-19.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-relaying-a-relay-reply-mess">Relaying a Relay-reply Message</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.2-1">The relay agent processes any options included in the Relay-reply
        message in addition to the Relay Message option
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.10" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.10"/>).</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.2-2">The relay agent extracts the message from the Relay Message option
        and relays it to the address contained in the peer-address field of
        the Relay-reply message. Relay agents <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> modify the message.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.2-3">If the Relay-reply message includes an Interface-Id option
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.18" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.18"/>), the
        relay agent relays the message from the server to the client on the
        link identified by the Interface-Id option. Otherwise, if the
        link-address field is not set to 0, the relay agent relays the
        message on the link identified by the link-address field.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.2-4">If the relay agent receives a Relay-reply message, it <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> process
        the message as defined above, regardless of the type of message
        encapsulated in the Relay Message option.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-20.3" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-19.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-construction-of-relay-reply">Construction of Relay-reply Messages</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.3-1">A server uses a Relay-reply message to (1) return a response to a
        client if the original message from the client was relayed to the
        server in a Relay-forward message or (2) send a Reconfigure message
        to a client if the server does not have an address it can use to
        send the message directly to the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.3-2">A response to the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be relayed through the same relay
        agents as the original client message. The server causes this to
        happen by creating a Relay-reply message that includes a Relay Message
        option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.10" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.10"/>)
        containing the message for the next relay agent in the return
        path to the client. The contained Relay-reply message contains another
        Relay Message option to be sent to the next relay agent, and so on.
        The server must record the contents of the peer-address fields in the
        received message so it can construct the appropriate Relay-reply
        message carrying the response from the server.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.3-3">For example, if client C sent a message that was relayed by relay
        agent A to relay agent B and then to the server, the server would send
        the following Relay-reply message to relay agent B:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigRelayExample" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-10">
          <name slugifiedName="name-relay-reply-example">Relay-reply Example</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-19.3-4.1">
   msg-type:       RELAY-REPL
   hop-count:      1
   link-address:   0
   peer-address:   A
   Relay Message option containing the following:
      msg-type:     RELAY-REPL
      hop-count:    0
      link-address: address from link to which C is attached
      peer-address: C
      Relay Message option: &lt;response from server&gt;</artwork>
        </figure>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.3-5">When sending a Reconfigure message to a client through a relay
        agent, the server creates a Relay-reply message that includes a Relay
        Message option containing the Reconfigure message for the next relay
        agent in the return path to the client. The server sets the
        peer-address field in the Relay-reply message header to the
        address of the client and sets the link-address field as required by
        the relay agent to relay the Reconfigure message to the client. The
        server obtains the addresses of the client and the relay agent through
        prior interaction with the client or through some external
        mechanism.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="relay-srv-interaction" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-19.4">
        <name slugifiedName="name-interaction-between-relay-a">Interaction Between Relay Agents and Servers</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.4-1">Each time a message is relayed by a relay agent towards a server, a
        new encapsulation level is added around the message. Each relay is
        allowed to insert additional options on the encapsulation level it
        added but <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> change anything in the message being encapsulated. If
        there are multiple relays between a client and a server, multiple
        encapsulations are used. Although it makes message processing slightly
        more complex, it provides the major advantage of having a clear
        indication as to which relay inserted which option. The response
        message is expected to travel through the same relays, but in
        reverse order. Each time a response message is relayed back towards a
        client, one encapsulation level is removed.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.4-2">In certain cases, relays can add one or more options. These options
        can be added for several reasons:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-19.4-3">
          <li pn="section-19.4-3.1"> First, relays can provide additional information about the
        client. That source of information is usually more trusted by a
        server administrator, as it comes from the network infrastructure
        rather than the client and cannot be easily spoofed. These options
        can be used by the server to determine its allocation policy.</li>
          <li pn="section-19.4-3.2">Second, a relay may need some information to send a response back to
        the client. Relay agents are expected to be stateless (not retain any
        state after a message has been processed). A relay agent may include
        the Interface-Id option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.18" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.18"/>), which
        will be echoed back in the response. It can include other options and
        ask the server to echo one or more of the options back in the response.
        These options can then be used by the relay agent to send the response
        back to the client, or for other needs. The client will never see
        these options. See <xref target="RFC4994" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4994"/> for details.</li>
          <li pn="section-19.4-3.3">Third, sometimes a relay is the best device to provide values for
        certain options. A relay can insert an option into the message being
        forwarded to the server and ask the server to pass that option back
        to the client. The client will receive that option. It should be noted
        that the server is the ultimate authority here, and -- depending on
        its configuration -- it may or may not send the option back to the
        client. See <xref target="RFC6422" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6422"/> for details.</li>
        </ul>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-19.4-4">For various reasons, servers may need to retain the
        relay information after the message processing is completed.
        One is a bulk leasequery mechanism that may ask for all addresses
        and/or prefixes that were assigned via a specific relay. A second is
        for the reconfigure mechanism. The server may choose to not send the
        Reconfigure message directly to the client but rather to send it via
        relays. This particular behavior is considered an implementation
        detail and is out of scope for this document.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-21" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-20">
      <name slugifiedName="name-authentication-of-dhcp-mess">Authentication of DHCP Messages</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-20-1">This document defines two security mechanisms for the
      authentication of DHCP messages: (1) authentication (and
      encryption) of messages sent between servers and relay agents using
      IPsec and (2) protection against misconfiguration of a client
      caused by a Reconfigure message sent by a malicious DHCP server.</t>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-21.1" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-20.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-security-of-messages-sent-b">Security of Messages Sent Between Servers and Relay Agents</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.1-1">Relay agents and servers that exchange messages can use
        IPsec as detailed in <xref target="RFC8213" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8213"/>.
        </t>
      </section>
      <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-20.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-summary-of-dhcp-authenticat">Summary of DHCP Authentication</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.2-1">Authentication of DHCP messages is accomplished through the use of
        the Authentication option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.11" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.11"/>).
        The authentication information carried in the Authentication option
        can be used to reliably identify the source of a DHCP message and to
        confirm that the contents of the DHCP message have not been tampered
        with.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.2-2">The Authentication option provides a framework for multiple
        authentication protocols. One such protocol, RKAP, is defined in <xref target="reconfigure-protocol" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20.4"/>. Other protocols defined in the future
        will be specified in separate documents.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.2-3">Any DHCP message <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> include more than one Authentication
        option.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.2-4">The protocol field in the Authentication option identifies the
        specific protocol used to generate the authentication information
        carried in the option. The algorithm field identifies a specific
        algorithm within the authentication protocol; for example, the
        algorithm field specifies the hash algorithm used to generate the
        Message Authentication Code (MAC) in the Authentication option. The
        RDM field specifies the type of replay detection used in the
        replay detection field.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="replay" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-20.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-replay-detection">Replay Detection</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.3-1">The RDM field of the Authentication option
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.11" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.11"/>) determines the type of
        replay detection used in the replay detection field.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.3-2">If the RDM field contains 0x00, the replay detection field <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be
        set to the value of a strictly monotonically increasing 64-bit unsigned
        integer (modulo 2^64). Using this technique can reduce the danger
        of replay attacks. This method <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be supported by all Authentication
        option protocols. One choice might be to use the 64-bit NTP timestamp
        format <xref target="RFC5905" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC5905"/>).</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.3-3">A client that receives a message with the RDM field set to 0x00 <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
        compare its replay detection field with the previous value sent by
        that same server (based on the Server Identifier option; see
        <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) and only accept the message if the
        received value is greater and record this as the new value. If this
        is the first time a client processes an Authentication option sent by
        a server, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> record the replay detection value and skip
        the replay detection check.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.3-4">Servers that support the reconfigure mechanism <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> ensure that
        the replay detection value is retained between restarts. Failing to
        do so may cause clients to refuse Reconfigure messages sent by the
        server, effectively rendering the reconfigure mechanism useless.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="reconfigure-protocol" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-20.4">
        <name slugifiedName="name-reconfiguration-key-authent">Reconfiguration Key Authentication Protocol (RKAP)</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4-1">RKAP provides protection against misconfiguration of a client
        caused by a Reconfigure message sent by a malicious DHCP server. In
        this protocol, a DHCP server sends a reconfigure key to the client in
        the initial exchange of DHCP messages. The client records the
        reconfigure key for use in authenticating subsequent Reconfigure
        messages from that server. The server then includes a Hashed Message
        Authentication Code (HMAC) computed from the reconfigure key in
        subsequent Reconfigure messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4-2">Both the reconfigure key sent from the server to the client and the
        HMAC in subsequent Reconfigure messages are carried as the
        authentication information in an Authentication option
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.11" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.11"/>). The format of
        the authentication information is defined in the following
        section.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4-3">RKAP is used (initiated by the server) only
        if the client and server have negotiated to use Reconfigure
        messages.</t>
        <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-20.4.1">
          <name slugifiedName="name-use-of-the-authentication-o">Use of the Authentication Option in RKAP</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4.1-1">The following fields are set in an Authentication option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.11" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.11"/>) for RKAP:
          </t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-20.4.1-2">
            <li pn="section-20.4.1-2.1">protocol: 3</li>
            <li pn="section-20.4.1-2.2">algorithm: 1</li>
            <li pn="section-20.4.1-2.3">RDM: 0</li>
          </ul>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4.1-3">The format of the authentication information for RKAP is:</t>
          <figure anchor="FigRKAPAuthInfo" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-11">
            <name slugifiedName="name-rkap-authentication-informa">RKAP Authentication Information</name>
            <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-20.4.1-4.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|     Type      |                 Value (128 bits)              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                                               |
.                                                               .
.                                                               .
.                                               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
          </figure>
          <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-20.4.1-5">
            <dt pn="section-20.4.1-5.1">Type:</dt>
            <dd pn="section-20.4.1-5.2">
              <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4.1-5.2.1">Type of data in the Value field carried in this
            option:</t>
              <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-20.4.1-5.2.2">
                <dt pn="section-20.4.1-5.2.2.1">1</dt>
                <dd pn="section-20.4.1-5.2.2.2">Reconfigure key value (used in the Reply message).</dd>
                <dt pn="section-20.4.1-5.2.2.3">2</dt>
                <dd pn="section-20.4.1-5.2.2.4">HMAC-MD5 digest of the message (used in the Reconfigure
                message).</dd>
              </dl>
              <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4.1-5.2.3">A 1-octet field.</t>
            </dd>
            <dt pn="section-20.4.1-5.3">Value:</dt>
            <dd pn="section-20.4.1-5.4"> Data as defined by the Type field. A 16-octet
            field.</dd>
          </dl>
        </section>
        <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-20.4.2">
          <name slugifiedName="name-server-considerations-for-r">Server Considerations for RKAP</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4.2-1">The server selects a reconfigure key for a client during the
          Request/Reply, Solicit/Reply, or Information-request/Reply
          message exchange. The server records the reconfigure key and
          transmits that key to the client in an Authentication option
          (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.11" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.11"/>) in the Reply message.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4.2-2">The reconfigure key is 128 bits long and <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be a
          cryptographically strong random or pseudorandom number that cannot
          easily be predicted.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4.2-3">To provide authentication for a Reconfigure message, the server
          selects a replay detection value according to the RDM selected by
          the server and computes an HMAC-MD5 of the Reconfigure message
          using the reconfigure key for the client. The server computes the
          HMAC-MD5 over the entire DHCP Reconfigure message, including the
          Authentication option; the HMAC-MD5 field in the Authentication
          option is set to 0 for the HMAC-MD5 computation. The server
          includes the HMAC-MD5 in the authentication information field in an
          Authentication option included in the Reconfigure message sent to
          the client.</t>
        </section>
        <section numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-20.4.3">
          <name slugifiedName="name-client-considerations-for-r">Client Considerations for RKAP</name>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4.3-1">The client will receive a reconfigure key from the server in an
          Authentication option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.11" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.11"/>) in the
          initial Reply message from the server. The client records the
          reconfigure key for use in authenticating subsequent Reconfigure
          messages.</t>
          <t indent="0" pn="section-20.4.3-2">To authenticate a Reconfigure message, the client computes an
          HMAC-MD5 over the Reconfigure message, with zeroes substituted
          for the HMAC-MD5 field, using the reconfigure key received
          from the server. If this computed HMAC-MD5 matches the
          value in the Authentication option, the client accepts the
          Reconfigure message.</t>
        </section>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-22" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21">
      <name slugifiedName="name-dhcp-options">DHCP Options</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-21-1">Options are used to carry additional information and parameters in
      DHCP messages. Every option shares a common base format, as described in
      <xref target="RFC3315-22.1" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.1"/>. All values in options are
      represented in network byte order.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-21-2">This document specifies the DHCP options defined as part of this base
      DHCP specification. Other options have been or may be defined in the future in
      separate documents. See <xref target="RFC7227" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7227"/> for guidelines regarding
      the definition of new options.
      See <xref target="iana" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 24"/> for additional information about the
      DHCPv6 "Option Codes" registry maintained by IANA.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-21-3">Unless otherwise noted, each option may appear only in the options
      area of a DHCP message and may appear only once. If an option does
      appear multiple times, each instance is considered separate and the data
      areas of the options <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> be concatenated or otherwise combined.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-21-4">Options that are allowed to appear only once are called "singleton
      options". The only non-singleton options defined in this document are
      the IA_NA (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>),
      Vendor Class (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.16" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.16"/>),
      Vendor-specific Information (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.17" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.17"/>),
      and IA_PD (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>) options. Also, IA Address (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>) and IA Prefix (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>) may appear in their respective IA
      options more than once.</t>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.1" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-format-of-dhcp-options">Format of DHCP Options</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.1-1">The format of DHCP options is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOptions" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-12">
          <name slugifiedName="name-option-format">Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.1-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          option-code          |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                          option-data                          |
|                      (option-len octets)                      |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.1-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.1-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.1-3.2"> An unsigned integer identifying the specific option
          type carried in this option.  A 2-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.1-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.1-3.4"> An unsigned integer giving the length of the
          option-data field in this option in octets. A 2-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.1-3.5">option-data:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.1-3.6"> The data for the option; the format of this data
          depends on the definition of the option. A variable-length field
          (the length, in octets, is specified by option-len).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.1-4">DHCP options are scoped by using encapsulation. Some options
        apply generally to the client, some are specific to an IA, and some
        are specific to the addresses within an IA. These latter two cases are
        discussed in Sections <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="21.4"/>
        and <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="21.6"/>.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.2" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-client-identifier-option">Client Identifier Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.2-1">The Client Identifier option is used to carry a DUID (see <xref target="RFC3315-9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 11"/>) that identifies the client.
        The format of the Client Identifier option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption1" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-13">
          <name slugifiedName="name-client-identifier-option-fo">Client Identifier Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.2-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_CLIENTID        |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                              DUID                             .
.                        (variable length)                      .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.2-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.2-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.2-3.2"> OPTION_CLIENTID (1).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.2-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.2-3.4"> Length of DUID in octets.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.2-3.5">DUID:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.2-3.6"> The DUID for the client.</dd>
        </dl>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.3" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-server-identifier-option">Server Identifier Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.3-1">The Server Identifier option is used to carry a DUID (see <xref target="RFC3315-9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 11"/>) that identifies the server. The format of the
        Server Identifier option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption2" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-14">
          <name slugifiedName="name-server-identifier-option-fo">Server Identifier Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.3-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_SERVERID        |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                              DUID                             .
.                        (variable length)                      .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.3-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.3-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.3-3.2"> OPTION_SERVERID (2).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.3-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.3-3.4"> Length of DUID in octets.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.3-3.5">DUID:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.3-3.6"> The DUID for the server.</dd>
        </dl>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.4" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.4">
        <name slugifiedName="name-identity-association-for-no">Identity Association for Non-Temporary Addresses Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-1">The Identity Association for Non-temporary Addresses (IA_NA)
        option is used to carry an IA_NA, the parameters associated with the
        IA_NA, and the non-temporary addresses associated with the IA_NA.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-2">A client that needs a short-term / special-purpose address can use
        a new IA_NA binding to request an address and release it when
        finished with it. </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-3">Note: Addresses appearing in an IA_NA option are not temporary addresses
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.5"/>).</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-4">The format of the IA_NA option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption3" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-15">
          <name slugifiedName="name-identity-association-for-non">Identity Association for Non-Temporary Addresses Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.4-5.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          OPTION_IA_NA         |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                        IAID (4 octets)                        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              T1                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              T2                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.                         IA_NA-options                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.4-6">
          <dt pn="section-21.4-6.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.4-6.2"> OPTION_IA_NA (3).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.4-6.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.4-6.4"> 12 + length of IA_NA-options field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.4-6.5">IAID:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.4-6.6"> The unique identifier for this IA_NA; the
            IAID must be unique among the identifiers for all of this client's
            IA_NAs. The number space for IA_NA IAIDs is separate from the
            number space for other IA option types (i.e., IA_PD).
            A 4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.4-6.7">T1:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.4-6.8"> The time interval after which the client should contact the
            server from which the addresses in the IA_NA were obtained to
            extend the lifetimes of the addresses assigned to the IA_NA; T1 is
            a time duration relative to the current time expressed in units of
            seconds. A 4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.4-6.9">T2:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.4-6.10"> The time interval after which the client should contact any
            available server to extend the lifetimes of the addresses assigned
            to the IA_NA; T2 is a time duration relative to the current time
            expressed in units of seconds. A 4-octet field containing
            an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.4-6.11">IA_NA-options:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.4-6.12"> Options associated with this
            IA_NA. A variable-length field (12 octets less than the
            value in the option-len field).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-7">The IA_NA-options field encapsulates those options that are
        specific to this IA_NA. For example, all of the IA Address options
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>)
        carrying the addresses associated with this IA_NA are in the
        IA_NA-options field.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-8">Each IA_NA carries one "set" of non-temporary addresses;
        it is up to the server policy to determine how many addresses are
        assigned, but typically at most one address is assigned from each
        prefix assigned to the link to which the client is attached.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-9">An IA_NA option may only appear in the options area of a DHCP
        message. A DHCP message may contain multiple IA_NA options (though
        each must have a unique IAID).</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-10">The status of any operations involving this IA_NA is indicated in a
        Status Code option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>)
        in the IA_NA-options field.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-11">Note that an IA_NA has no explicit "lifetime" or "lease length" of
        its own. When the valid lifetimes of all of the addresses in an IA_NA
        have expired, the IA_NA can be considered as having expired. T1 and T2
        are included to give servers explicit control over when a client
        recontacts the server about a specific IA_NA.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-12">In a message sent by a client to a server, the T1 and T2 fields
        <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be set to 0. The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> ignore any values in these fields
        in messages received from a client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-13">In a message sent by a server to a client, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> use the
        values in the T1 and T2 fields for the T1 and T2 times, unless
        values in those fields are 0. The values in the T1 and T2 fields
        are the number of seconds until T1 and T2 and are calculated since
        reception of the message.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-14">As per <xref target="RFC3315-5.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.7"/>, the value 0xffffffff is
        taken to mean "infinity" and should be used carefully.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-15">The server selects the T1 and T2 values to allow the client to
        extend the lifetimes of any addresses in the IA_NA before the
        lifetimes expire, even if the server is unavailable for some short
        period of time. Recommended values for T1 and T2 are 0.5 and 0.8 times
        the shortest preferred lifetime of the addresses in the IA that the
        server is willing to extend, respectively. If the "shortest" preferred
        lifetime is 0xffffffff ("infinity"), the recommended T1 and T2 values
        are also 0xffffffff. If the time at which the addresses in an IA_NA
        are to be renewed is to be left to the discretion of the client, the
        server sets the T1 and T2 values to 0. The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> follow the
        rules defined in <xref target="t1-t2-0" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 14.2"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.4-16">If a client receives an IA_NA with T1 greater than T2 and both T1
        and T2 are greater than 0, the client discards the IA_NA option and
        processes the remainder of the message as though the server had not
        included the invalid IA_NA option.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.5" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.5">
        <name slugifiedName="name-identity-association-for-te">Identity Association for Temporary Addresses Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.5-1">The Identity Association for Temporary Addresses (IA_TA) option
        is obsoleted. Please refer to <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/> for historical
        information on this option.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.5-2">The client <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> send this option. The server <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> send this
        option. When the server receives an IA_TA option, the option <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be
        ignored and the message processing should continue as usual.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.5-3">As this option was never popular among server or client
        implementations before being deprecated, any implementations that
        still attempt to send it are unlikely to have the option processed.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.6" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.6">
        <name slugifiedName="name-ia-address-option">IA Address Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.6-1">The IA Address option is used to specify an address.
        In this document, it is only specified to be encapsulated within an
        IA_NA.  DHCPv6 Leasequery <xref target="RFC5007" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC5007"/> makes
        use of the IA Address option without encapsulating it in IA_NA. The IAaddr-options
        field encapsulates those options that are specific to this address.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.6-2">The format of the IA Address option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption5" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-16">
          <name slugifiedName="name-ia-address-option-format">IA Address Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.6-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          OPTION_IAADDR        |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
|                         IPv6-address                          |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                      preferred-lifetime                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                        valid-lifetime                         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                        IAaddr-options                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.6-4">
          <dt pn="section-21.6-4.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.6-4.2"> OPTION_IAADDR (5).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.6-4.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.6-4.4"> 24 + length of IAaddr-options
            field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.6-4.5">IPv6-address:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.6-4.6"> An IPv6 address. A client <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14>
            form an implicit prefix with a length other than 128 for this
            address. A 16-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.6-4.7">preferred-lifetime:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.6-4.8"> The preferred lifetime for the
            address in the option, expressed in units of seconds. A
            4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.6-4.9">valid-lifetime:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.6-4.10"> The valid lifetime for the
            address in the option, expressed in units of seconds. A
            4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.6-4.11">IAaddr-options:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.6-4.12"> Options associated with this
            address. A variable-length field (24 octets less than the
            value in the option-len field).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.6-5">In a message sent by a client to a server, the
        preferred-lifetime and valid-lifetime fields <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be set to 0.
        The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> ignore any received values.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.6-6">The client <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> send the IA Address option with an unspecified
        address (::).</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.6-7">In a message sent by a server to a client, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> use the
        values in the preferred-lifetime and valid-lifetime fields for the
        preferred and valid lifetimes. The values in these fields are the
        number of seconds remaining in each lifetime.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.6-8">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any addresses for which the preferred
        lifetime is greater than the valid lifetime.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.6-9">As per <xref target="RFC3315-5.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.7"/>, if the valid lifetime of an
        address is 0xffffffff, it is taken to mean "infinity" and should be
        used carefully.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.6-10">More than one IA Address option can appear in an IA_NA option.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.7" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.7">
        <name slugifiedName="name-option-request-option">Option Request Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.7-1">The Option Request option is used to identify a list of options in
        a message between a client and a server. The format of the Option
        Request option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption6" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-17">
          <name slugifiedName="name-option-request-option-forma">Option Request Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.7-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|           OPTION_ORO          |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    requested-option-code-1    |    requested-option-code-2    |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              ...                              |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.7-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.7-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.7-3.2"> OPTION_ORO (6).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.7-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.7-3.4"> 2 * number of requested options.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.7-3.5">requested-option-code-n:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.7-3.6"> The option code for
            an option requested by the client. Each option code is a
            2-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.7-4">A client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Option Request option in a Solicit,
        Request, Renew, Rebind, or Information-request message to
        inform the server about options the client wants the server to send to
        the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.7-5">The Option Request option <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> include the
        following option codes:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-21.7-6">
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.1">Client Identifier (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.2" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.2"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.2">Server Identifier (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.3">IA_NA (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.4" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.4"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.4">IA_TA (option obsoleted, see <xref target="RFC3315-22.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.5"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.5">IA_PD (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.6">IA Address (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.6"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.7">IA Prefix (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.8">Option Request (this section)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.9">Elapsed Time (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.9" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.9"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.10">Preference (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.8" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.8"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.11">Relay Message (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.10" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.10"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.12">Authentication (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.11" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.11"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.13">Server Unicast (option obsoleted, see <xref target="RFC3315-22.12" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.12"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.14">Status Code (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.15">Rapid Commit (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.14" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.14"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.16">User Class (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.15" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.15"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.17">Vendor Class (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.16" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.16"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.18">Interface-Id (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.18" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.18"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.19">Reconfigure Message (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.19" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.19"/>)</li>
          <li pn="section-21.7-6.20">Reconfigure Accept (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.20" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.20"/>)</li>
        </ul>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.7-7">Other top-level option codes <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> appear in the Option Request
        option or they will not be sent by the server. Only top-level option codes
        <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> appear in the Option Request option. Option codes encapsulated in a
        container option <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> appear in an Option Request option; see
        <xref target="RFC7598" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7598"/> for an example of container options. However,
        options <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> be defined that specify exceptions to this restriction on
        including encapsulated option codes in an Option Request option. For
        example, the Option Request option <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> be used to signal support for a
        feature even when that option is encapsulated, as in the case of the
        Prefix Exclude option <xref target="RFC6603" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC6603"/>. See <xref target="IANA-OPTION-DETAILS" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IANA-OPTION-DETAILS"/>.
        </t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.7-8">
        See <xref target="IANA-OPTION-DETAILS" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IANA-OPTION-DETAILS"/>
        for the authoritative list of which option codes are required, permitted, or forbidden.
        </t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.8" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.8">
        <name slugifiedName="name-preference-option">Preference Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.8-1">The Preference option is sent by a server to a client to control
        the selection of a server by the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.8-2">The format of the Preference option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption7" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-18">
          <name slugifiedName="name-preference-option-format">Preference Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.8-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_PREFERENCE       |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|  pref-value   |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.8-4">
          <dt pn="section-21.8-4.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.8-4.2"> OPTION_PREFERENCE (7).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.8-4.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.8-4.4"> 1.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.8-4.5">pref-value:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.8-4.6"> The preference value for the server in
            this message. Allowed values are
from 0 (least) to 255 (most preferred). Absence of option means
preference 0.  A 1-octet unsigned integer.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.8-5">A server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include a Preference option in an Advertise message to
        control the selection of a server by the client. See <xref target="RFC3315-17.1.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.9"/> for information regarding the use of the
        Preference option by the client and the interpretation of the
        Preference option data value.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.9" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.9">
        <name slugifiedName="name-elapsed-time-option">Elapsed Time Option</name>
        <figure anchor="FigOption8" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-19">
          <name slugifiedName="name-elapsed-time-option-format">Elapsed Time Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.9-1.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_ELAPSED_TIME      |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          elapsed-time         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.9-2">
          <dt pn="section-21.9-2.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.9-2.2"> OPTION_ELAPSED_TIME (8).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.9-2.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.9-2.4"> 2.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.9-2.5">elapsed-time:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.9-2.6"> The amount of time since the client
            began its current DHCP transaction. This time is expressed in
            hundredths of a second (10^-2 seconds). A 2-octet field
            containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.9-3">A client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include an Elapsed Time option in messages to
        indicate how long the client has been trying to complete a DHCP
        message exchange. The elapsed time is measured from the time at which
        the client sent the first message in the message exchange, and the
        elapsed-time field is set to 0 in the first message in the message
        exchange. Servers and relay agents use the data value in this option
        as input to policy that controls how a server responds to a client
        message. For example, the Elapsed Time option allows a secondary DHCP
        server to respond to a request when a primary server has not answered
        in a reasonable time. The elapsed-time value is a 16-bit
        (2-octet) unsigned integer. The client uses the value 0xffff to
        represent any elapsed-time values greater than the largest time value
        that can be represented in the Elapsed Time option.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.10" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.10">
        <name slugifiedName="name-relay-message-option">Relay Message Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.10-1">The Relay Message option carries a DHCP message in a Relay-forward
        or Relay-reply message.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.10-2">The format of the Relay Message option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption9" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-20">
          <name slugifiedName="name-relay-message-option-format">Relay Message Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.10-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_RELAY_MSG       |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                                               |
.                       DHCP-relay-message                      .
.                                                               .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.10-4">
          <dt pn="section-21.10-4.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.10-4.2"> OPTION_RELAY_MSG (9).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.10-4.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.10-4.4"> Length of DHCP-relay-message field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.10-4.5">DHCP-relay-message:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.10-4.6"> In a Relay-forward message,
            the received message, relayed verbatim to the next relay agent or
            server; in a Relay-reply message, the message to be copied and
            relayed to the relay agent or client whose address is in the
            peer-address field of the Relay-reply message. The
            length, in octets, is specified by option-len.</dd>
        </dl>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.11" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.11">
        <name slugifiedName="name-authentication-option">Authentication Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.11-1">The Authentication option carries authentication information to
        authenticate the identity and contents of DHCP messages. The use of
        the Authentication option is described in <xref target="RFC3315-21" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20"/>.
        The format of the Authentication option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption11" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-21">
          <name slugifiedName="name-authentication-option-forma">Authentication Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.11-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          OPTION_AUTH          |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|   protocol    |   algorithm   |      RDM      |               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+               |
|                                                               |
|          replay detection (64 bits)           +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                                               |               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+               |
.                   authentication information                  .
.                       (variable length)                       .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.11-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.11-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.11-3.2"> OPTION_AUTH (11).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.11-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.11-3.4"> 11 + length of authentication
            information field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.11-3.5">protocol:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.11-3.6"> The authentication protocol used in this
            Authentication option. A 1-octet unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.11-3.7">algorithm:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.11-3.8"> The algorithm used in the
            authentication protocol. A 1-octet unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.11-3.9">RDM:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.11-3.10"> The replay detection method used in this
            Authentication option. A 1-octet unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.11-3.11">replay detection:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.11-3.12"> The replay detection information
            for the RDM. A 64-bit (8-octet) field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.11-3.13">authentication information:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.11-3.14"> The authentication
            information, as specified by the protocol and algorithm used in
            this Authentication option. A variable-length field (11 octets
            less than the value in the option-len field).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.11-4">IANA maintains a registry for the protocol, algorithm, and RDM
          values at <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/auth-namespaces"/>.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.12" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.12">
        <name slugifiedName="name-server-unicast-option">Server Unicast Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.12-1">The Server Unicast option is obsolete. Please refer to
         <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/> for historical information on this option.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.12-2">The server <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> send this option. When any entity receives the
    Server Unicast option, the option <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be ignored and the message
    processing should continue as usual.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.13" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.13">
        <name slugifiedName="name-status-code-option">Status Code Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.13-1">This option returns a status indication related to the DHCP message
        or option in which it appears. The format of the Status Code
        option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption13" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-22">
          <name slugifiedName="name-status-code-option-format">Status Code Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.13-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_STATUS_CODE      |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          status-code          |                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                               |
.                                                               .
.                        status-message                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.13-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.13-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.13-3.2"> OPTION_STATUS_CODE (13).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.13-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.13-3.4"> 2 + length of status-message field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.13-3.5">status-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.13-3.6"> The numeric code for the status
            encoded in this option. A 2-octet field containing
            an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.13-3.7">status-message:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.13-3.8"> A UTF-8 encoded
            <xref target="RFC3629" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC3629"/> text string
            suitable for display to an end user. <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> be
            NUL-terminated. A variable-length field (2 octets
            less than the value in the option-len field).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.13-4">A Status Code option may appear in the "options" field of a DHCP
        message and/or in the "options" field of another option. If the Status
        Code option does not appear in a message in which the option could
        appear, the status of the message is assumed to be Success.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.13-5">The status-code values are:</t>
        <table anchor="Status-Code-Table" align="center" pn="table-3">
          <name slugifiedName="name-status-code-definitions">Status Code Definitions</name>
          <thead>
            <tr>
              <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Name</th>
              <th align="right" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Code</th>
              <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Description</th>
            </tr>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Success</td>
              <td align="right" colspan="1" rowspan="1">0</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Success.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">UnspecFail</td>
              <td align="right" colspan="1" rowspan="1">1</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Failure, reason unspecified; this status code is sent by a server to indicate a failure not explicitly specified in
          this document.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">NoAddrsAvail</td>
              <td align="right" colspan="1" rowspan="1">2</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">The server has no addresses available to assign to the IA(s).</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">NoBinding</td>
              <td align="right" colspan="1" rowspan="1">3</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Client record (binding) unavailable.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">NotOnLink</td>
              <td align="right" colspan="1" rowspan="1">4</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">The prefix for the address is not appropriate for the link to
          which the client is attached.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">UseMulticast</td>
              <td align="right" colspan="1" rowspan="1">5</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Sent by a server to a client to force the client to send messages
          to the server using the All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers multicast
          address. Obsoleted; no longer used.</td>
            </tr>
            <tr>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">NoPrefixAvail</td>
              <td align="right" colspan="1" rowspan="1">6</td>
              <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">The server has no prefixes available to assign to the
          IA_PD(s).</td>
            </tr>
          </tbody>
        </table>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.13-7">See the "Status Codes" registry at
        <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/dhcpv6-parameters"/>
        for the current list of status codes.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.14" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.14">
        <name slugifiedName="name-rapid-commit-option">Rapid Commit Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.14-1">The Rapid Commit option is used to signal the use of the
        two-message exchange for address assignment. The format of the Rapid
        Commit option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption14" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-23">
          <name slugifiedName="name-rapid-commit-option-format">Rapid Commit Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.14-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_RAPID_COMMIT      |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.14-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.14-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.14-3.2"> OPTION_RAPID_COMMIT (14).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.14-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.14-3.4"> 0.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.14-4">A client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include this option in a Solicit message if the client
        is prepared to perform the Solicit/Reply message exchange described in
        <xref target="solicit-create-transmit" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.1"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.14-5">A server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include this option in a Reply message sent in
        response to a Solicit message when completing the Solicit/Reply
        message exchange.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.14-6">DISCUSSION:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-21.14-7">
          <li pn="section-21.14-7.1">Each server that responds with a Reply to a Solicit that
            includes a Rapid Commit option will commit the leases
            in the Reply message to the client but will not receive any
            confirmation that the client has received the Reply message.
            Therefore, if more than one server responds to a Solicit that
            includes a Rapid Commit option, all but one server will commit
            leases that are not actually used by the client; this could
            result in incorrect address information in DNS if the DHCP servers
            update DNS <xref target="RFC4704" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC4704"/>, and responses to
            leasequery requests <xref target="RFC5007" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC5007"/> may include
            information on leases not in use by the client.</li>
          <li pn="section-21.14-7.2">The problem of unused leases can be minimized by designing
            the DHCP service so that only one server responds to the
            Solicit or by using relatively short lifetimes for newly assigned
            leases.</li>
        </ul>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.15" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.15">
        <name slugifiedName="name-user-class-option">User Class Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.15-1">The User Class option is used by a client to identify the type or
        category of users or applications it represents.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.15-2">The format of the User Class option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption15" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-24">
          <name slugifiedName="name-user-class-option-format">User Class Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.15-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       OPTION_USER_CLASS       |          option-len           |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                          user-class-data                      .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.15-4">
          <dt pn="section-21.15-4.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.15-4.2"> OPTION_USER_CLASS (15).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.15-4.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.15-4.4"> Length of user-class-data field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.15-4.5">user-class-data:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.15-4.6"> The user classes carried by the
            client. The length, in octets, is specified by option-len.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.15-5">The information contained in the data area of this option is
        contained in one or more opaque fields that represent the user class
        or classes of which the client is a member. A server selects
        configuration information for the client based on the classes
        identified in this option. For example, the User Class option can be
        used to configure all clients of people in the accounting department
        with a different printer than clients of people in the marketing
        department. The user class information carried in this option <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be
        configurable on the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.15-6">The data area of the User Class option <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> contain one or more
        instances of user-class-data information. Each instance of
        user-class-data is formatted as follows:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption15Data" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-25">
          <name slugifiedName="name-format-of-user-class-data-f">Format of user-class-data Field</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.15-7.1">
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-...-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        user-class-len         |          opaque-data          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-...-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.15-8">The user-class-len field is 2 octets long and specifies the
        length of the opaque user-class-data in network byte order.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.15-9">A server interprets the classes identified in this option according
        to its configuration to select the appropriate configuration
        information for the client. A server may use only those user classes
        that it is configured to interpret in selecting configuration
        information for a client and ignore any other user classes. In
        response to a message containing a User Class option, a server may
        include a User Class option containing those classes that were
        successfully interpreted by the server so that the client can be
        informed of the classes interpreted by the server.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.16" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.16">
        <name slugifiedName="name-vendor-class-option">Vendor Class Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.16-1">This option is used by a client to identify the vendor that
        manufactured the hardware on which the client is running. The
        information contained in the data area of this option is contained in
        one or more opaque fields that identify details of the hardware
        configuration. The format of the Vendor Class option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption16" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-26">
          <name slugifiedName="name-vendor-class-option-format">Vendor Class Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.16-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_VENDOR_CLASS      |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       enterprise-number                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                       vendor-class-data                       .
.                             . . .                             .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.16-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.16-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.16-3.2"> OPTION_VENDOR_CLASS (16).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.16-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.16-3.4"> 4 + length of vendor-class-data
            field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.16-3.5">enterprise-number:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.16-3.6"> The vendor's registered
            Enterprise Number as maintained by IANA <xref target="IANA-PEN" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IANA-PEN"/>.
            A 4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.16-3.7">vendor-class-data:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.16-3.8"> The hardware configuration of
            the node on which the client is running. A variable-length
            field (4 octets less than the value in the option-len field).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.16-4">The vendor-class-data field is composed of a series of separate
        items, each of which describes some characteristic of the client's
        hardware configuration. Examples of vendor-class-data instances
        might include the version of the operating system the client is
        running or the amount of memory installed on the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.16-5">Each instance of vendor-class-data is formatted as follows:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption16Data" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-27">
          <name slugifiedName="name-format-of-vendor-class-data">Format of vendor-class-data Field</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.16-6.1">
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-...-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|       vendor-class-len        |          opaque-data          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-...-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.16-7">The vendor-class-len field is 2 octets long and specifies the
        length of the opaque vendor-class-data in network byte order.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.16-8">Servers and clients <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> include more than one instance of
        OPTION_VENDOR_CLASS with the same Enterprise Number. Each instance of
        OPTION_VENDOR_CLASS can carry multiple vendor-class-data instances.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.17" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.17">
        <name slugifiedName="name-vendor-specific-information">Vendor-Specific Information Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.17-1">This option is used by clients and servers to exchange
        vendor-specific information.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.17-2">The format of the Vendor-specific Information option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption17" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-28">
          <name slugifiedName="name-vendor-specific-information-">Vendor-Specific Information Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.17-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_VENDOR_OPTS       |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       enterprise-number                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                       vendor-option-data                      .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.17-4">
          <dt pn="section-21.17-4.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.17-4.2"> OPTION_VENDOR_OPTS (17).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.17-4.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.17-4.4"> 4 + length of vendor-option-data
            field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.17-4.5">enterprise-number:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.17-4.6"> The vendor's registered
            Enterprise Number as maintained by IANA <xref target="IANA-PEN" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IANA-PEN"/>.
            A 4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.17-4.7">vendor-option-data:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.17-4.8"> Vendor options, interpreted by
            vendor-specific code on the clients and servers. A
            variable-length field (4 octets less than the value in the
            option-len field).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.17-5">The definition of the information carried in this option is vendor
        specific. The vendor is indicated in the enterprise-number field. Use
        of vendor-specific information allows enhanced operation, utilizing
        additional features in a vendor's DHCP implementation. A DHCP client
        that does not receive requested vendor-specific information will still
        configure the node's IPv6 stack to be functional.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.17-6">The vendor-option-data field <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be encoded as a sequence of
        code/length/value fields of format identical to the DHCP options
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.1" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.1"/>). The suboption codes are defined
        by the vendor identified in the enterprise-number field and are not
        managed by IANA. Each of the suboptions is formatted as follows:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption17Data" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-29">
          <name slugifiedName="name-vendor-specific-options-for">Vendor-Specific Options Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.17-7.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|          suboption-code       |         suboption-len         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                        suboption-data                         .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.17-8">
          <dt pn="section-21.17-8.1">suboption-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.17-8.2"> The code for the suboption. A
            2-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.17-8.3">suboption-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.17-8.4"> An unsigned integer giving the length
            of the suboption-data field in this suboption in octets. A
          2-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.17-8.5">suboption-data:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.17-8.6"> The data area for the suboption.
            The length, in octets, is specified by suboption-len.
            </dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.17-9">Multiple instances of the Vendor-specific Information option may
        appear in a DHCP message. Each instance of the option is interpreted
        according to the option codes defined by the vendor identified by the
        Enterprise Number in that option. Servers and clients <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> send
        more than one instance of the Vendor-specific Information option with
        the same Enterprise Number. Each instance of the Vendor-specific
        Information option <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> contain multiple suboptions.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.17-10">A client that is interested in receiving a Vendor-specific
        Information option:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-21.17-11">
          <li pn="section-21.17-11.1">
            <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> specify the Vendor-specific Information
            option in an Option Request option.</li>
          <li pn="section-21.17-11.2">
            <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> specify an associated Vendor Class option
            (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.16" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.16"/>).</li>
          <li pn="section-21.17-11.3">
            <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> specify the Vendor-specific Information option
            with appropriate data.</li>
        </ul>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.17-12">Servers only return the Vendor-specific Information options if
        specified in Option Request options from clients and:</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-21.17-13">
          <li pn="section-21.17-13.1">
            <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> use the Enterprise Numbers in the associated
            Vendor Class options to restrict the set of Enterprise Numbers in
            the Vendor-specific Information options returned.</li>
          <li pn="section-21.17-13.2">
            <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> return all configured Vendor-specific
            Information options.</li>
          <li pn="section-21.17-13.3">
            <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> use other information in the message or in its
            configuration to determine which set of Enterprise Numbers in the
            Vendor-specific Information options to return.</li>
        </ul>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.18" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.18">
        <name slugifiedName="name-interface-id-option">Interface-Id Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.18-1">The relay agent <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> send the Interface-Id option to identify the
        interface on which the client message was received. If a relay agent
        receives a Relay-reply message with an Interface-Id option, the relay
        agent relays the message to the client through the interface
        identified by the option.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.18-2">The format of the Interface-Id option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption18" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-30">
          <name slugifiedName="name-interface-id-option-format">Interface-Id Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.18-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_INTERFACE_ID      |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                         interface-id                          .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.18-4">
          <dt pn="section-21.18-4.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.18-4.2"> OPTION_INTERFACE_ID (18).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.18-4.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.18-4.4"> Length of interface-id field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.18-4.5">interface-id:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.18-4.6"> An opaque value of arbitrary length
            generated by the relay agent to identify one of the relay agent's
            interfaces. The length, in octets, is specified by option-len.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.18-5">The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> copy the Interface-Id option from the Relay-forward
        message into the Relay-reply message the server sends to the relay
        agent in response to the Relay-forward message. This option <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14>
        appear in any message except a Relay-forward or Relay-reply
        message.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.18-6">Servers <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> use the interface-id field for parameter assignment
        policies. The interface-id value <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be considered an opaque value,
        with policies based on exact match only; that is, the interface-id
        field <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> be internally parsed by the server. The
        interface-id value for an interface <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be stable and remain
        unchanged -- for example, after the relay agent is restarted; if the
        interface-id value changes, a server will not be able to use it
        reliably in parameter assignment policies.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.19" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.19">
        <name slugifiedName="name-reconfigure-message-option">Reconfigure Message Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.19-1">A server includes a Reconfigure Message option in a Reconfigure
        message to indicate to the client whether the client responds with a
        Renew message, a Rebind message, or an Information-request message.
        The format of the Reconfigure Message option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption19" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-31">
          <name slugifiedName="name-reconfigure-message-option-">Reconfigure Message Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.19-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_RECONF_MSG        |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|    msg-type   |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.19-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.19-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.19-3.2"> OPTION_RECONF_MSG (19).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.19-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.19-3.4"> 1.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.19-3.5">msg-type:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.19-3.6"> 5 for Renew message,
            6 for Rebind message, 11 for Information-request message.
            A 1-octet unsigned integer.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.19-4">The Reconfigure Message option can only appear in a Reconfigure
        message.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC3315-22.20" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.20">
        <name slugifiedName="name-reconfigure-accept-option">Reconfigure Accept Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.20-1">A client uses the Reconfigure Accept option to announce to the
        server whether the client is willing to accept Reconfigure messages,
        and a server uses this option to tell the client whether or not to
        accept Reconfigure messages. In the absence of this option, the
        default behavior is that the client is unwilling to accept
        Reconfigure messages. The format of the Reconfigure Accept
        option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption20" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-32">
          <name slugifiedName="name-reconfigure-accept-option-f">Reconfigure Accept Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.20-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|     OPTION_RECONF_ACCEPT      |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.20-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.20-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.20-3.2"> OPTION_RECONF_ACCEPT (20).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.20-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.20-3.4"> 0.</dd>
        </dl>
      </section>
      <section anchor="IA_PD-option" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.21">
        <name slugifiedName="name-identity-association-for-pr">Identity Association for Prefix Delegation Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.21-1">The IA_PD option is used to carry a prefix delegation identity
        association, the parameters associated with the IA_PD, and the
        prefixes associated with it. The format of the IA_PD option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption25" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-33">
          <name slugifiedName="name-identity-association-for-pre">Identity Association for Prefix Delegation Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.21-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|         OPTION_IA_PD          |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                         IAID (4 octets)                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              T1                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                              T2                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
.                                                               .
.                          IA_PD-options                        .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.21-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.21-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.21-3.2"> OPTION_IA_PD (25).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.21-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.21-3.4"> 12 + length of IA_PD-options
            field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.21-3.5">IAID:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.21-3.6"> The unique identifier for this IA_PD; the
            IAID must be unique among the identifiers for all of this
            client's IA_PDs. The number space for IA_PD IAIDs is separate from
            the number space for other IA option types (i.e., IA_NA).
            A 4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.21-3.7">T1:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.21-3.8"> The time interval after which the client should
            contact the server from which the prefixes in the IA_PD
            were obtained to extend the lifetimes of the prefixes delegated to
            the IA_PD; T1 is a time duration relative to the message reception
            time expressed in units of seconds. A 4-octet field containing
            an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.21-3.9">T2:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.21-3.10"> The time interval after which the client should
            contact any available server to extend the lifetimes of
            the prefixes assigned to the IA_PD; T2 is a time duration relative
            to the message reception time expressed in units of seconds.
            A 4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.21-3.11">IA_PD-options:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.21-3.12"> Options associated with this
            IA_PD. A variable-length field (12 octets less than the
            value in the option-len field).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.21-4">The IA_PD-options field encapsulates those options that are
        specific to this IA_PD. For example, all of the IA Prefix options
        (see <xref target="IAPREFIX-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.22"/>)
        carrying the prefixes associated with this IA_PD are in the
        IA_PD-options field.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.21-5">An IA_PD option may only appear in the options area of a DHCP
        message. A DHCP message may contain multiple IA_PD options (though
        each must have a unique IAID).</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.21-6">The status of any operations involving this IA_PD is indicated in a
        Status Code option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>)
        in the IA_PD-options field.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.21-7">Note that an IA_PD has no explicit "lifetime" or "lease length" of
        its own. When the valid lifetimes of all of the prefixes in an IA_PD
        have expired, the IA_PD can be considered as having expired. T1 and T2
        fields are included to give the server explicit control over when a
        client should contact the server about a
        specific IA_PD.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.21-8">In a message sent by a client to a server,
        the T1 and T2 fields <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be set to 0. The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
        ignore any values in these fields in messages received from a
        client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.21-9">In a message sent by a server to a client,
        the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> use the values in the T1 and T2 fields for
        the T1 and T2 timers, unless values in those fields are 0.
        The values in the T1 and T2 fields are the number of seconds until T1
        and T2.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.21-10">The server selects the T1 and T2 times to allow the
        client to extend the lifetimes of any prefixes in the IA_PD
        before the lifetimes expire, even if the server is
        unavailable for some short period of time. Recommended values for T1
        and T2 are 0.5 and 0.8 times the shortest preferred lifetime of the
        prefixes in the IA_PD that the server is willing to extend,
        respectively. If the time at which the prefixes in an IA_PD are to be
        renewed is to be left to the discretion of the client, the
        server sets T1 and T2 to 0. The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14>
        follow the rules defined in <xref target="t1-t2-0" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 14.2"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.21-11">If a client receives an IA_PD with T1 greater than T2
        and both T1 and T2 are greater than 0, the client discards
        the IA_PD option and processes the remainder of the message as though
        the server had not included the IA_PD option.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="IAPREFIX-option" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.22">
        <name slugifiedName="name-ia-prefix-option">IA Prefix Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.22-1">The IA Prefix option is used to specify a prefix
        associated with an IA_PD. The IA Prefix option must be encapsulated
        in the IA_PD‑options field of an IA_PD option
        (see <xref target="IA_PD-option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.21"/>).</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption26" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-34">
          <name slugifiedName="name-ia-prefix-option-format">IA Prefix Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.22-2.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|        OPTION_IAPREFIX        |           option-len          |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                      preferred-lifetime                       |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                        valid-lifetime                         |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
| prefix-length |                                               |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+          IPv6-prefix                          |
|                           (16 octets)                         |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
|                                                               |
|               +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|               |                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+                                               .
.                       IAprefix-options                        .
.                                                               .
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.22-3">
          <dt pn="section-21.22-3.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.22-3.2"> OPTION_IAPREFIX (26).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.22-3.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.22-3.4"> 25 + length of IAprefix-options
            field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.22-3.5">preferred-lifetime:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.22-3.6"> The preferred
            lifetime for the prefix in the option, expressed in units of
            seconds. A value of 0xffffffff represents "infinity"
            (see <xref target="RFC3315-5.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.7"/>). A 4-octet field
            containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.22-3.7">valid-lifetime:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.22-3.8"> The valid lifetime for the
            prefix in the option, expressed in units of seconds. A value of
            0xffffffff represents "infinity". A 4-octet field
            containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.22-3.9">prefix-length:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.22-3.10"> Length for this prefix in bits.
            A 1-octet unsigned integer.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.22-3.11">IPv6-prefix:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.22-3.12"> An IPv6 prefix. A 16-octet field.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.22-3.13">IAprefix-options:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.22-3.14"> Options associated with this
            prefix. A variable-length field (25 octets less than the
            value in the option-len field).</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.22-4">In a message sent by a client to a server,
        the preferred-lifetime and valid-lifetime fields <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> be set to 0.
        The server <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> ignore any received values in these
        lifetime fields.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.22-5">The client <bcp14>SHOULD NOT</bcp14> send an IA Prefix option with 0 in the
        "prefix-length" field (and an unspecified value (::) in the
        "IPv6-prefix" field). A client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> send a non-zero value in the
        "prefix-length" field and the unspecified value (::) in the
        "IPv6-prefix" field to indicate a preference for the size of the
        prefix to be delegated. See <xref target="RFC8168" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8168"/> for
        further details on prefix-length hints.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.22-6">The client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any prefixes for which the preferred
        lifetime is greater than the valid lifetime.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.22-7">The values in the preferred-lifetime and valid-lifetime fields
        are the number of seconds remaining in each lifetime. See
        <xref target="reply-solicit-request-renew-rebind" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.10.1"/> for more details
        on how these values are used for delegated prefixes.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.22-8">As per <xref target="RFC3315-5.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.7"/>, the value of 0xffffffff
        for the preferred lifetime or the valid lifetime is taken to mean
        "infinity" and should be used carefully.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.22-9">An IA Prefix option may appear only in an IA_PD option. More
        than one IA Prefix option can appear in a single IA_PD option.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.22-10">The status of any operations involving this IA Prefix option is
        indicated in a Status Code option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.13" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.13"/>)
        in the IAprefix-options field.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="RFC4242-Option" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.23">
        <name slugifiedName="name-information-refresh-time-op">Information Refresh Time Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-1">This option is requested by clients and returned by servers to
        specify an upper bound for how long a client should wait before
        refreshing information retrieved
        from a DHCP server. It is only used in Reply messages in response to
        Information-request messages. In other messages, there will usually
        be other information that indicates when the client should contact the
        server, e.g., T1/T2 times and lifetimes. This option is useful when
        the configuration parameters change or during a renumbering event, as
        clients running in the stateless mode will be able to update their
        configuration.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-2">The format of the Information Refresh Time option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption32" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-35">
          <name slugifiedName="name-information-refresh-time-opt">Information Refresh Time Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.23-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME|         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                   information-refresh-time                    |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.23-4">
          <dt pn="section-21.23-4.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.23-4.2"> OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME (32).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.23-4.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.23-4.4"> 4.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.23-4.5">information-refresh-time:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.23-4.6"> Time duration relative to
             the current time, expressed in units of seconds. A 4-octet
             field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-5">A DHCP client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> request this option in the Option Request option
        (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.7"/>) when sending Information-request
        messages. A client <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> request this option in the Option Request
        option in any other messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-6">A server sending a Reply to an Information-request message <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14>
        include this option if it is requested in the Option Request option
        of the Information-request. The option value <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> be smaller
        than IRT_MINIMUM. This option <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> only appear in the top-level
        options area of Reply messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-7">If the Reply to an Information-request message does not contain this
        option, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> behave as if the option with the value
        IRT_DEFAULT was provided.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-8">A client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> use the refresh time IRT_MINIMUM if it receives the
        option with a value less than IRT_MINIMUM.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-9">As per <xref target="RFC3315-5.6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.7"/>, the value 0xffffffff is taken to
        mean "infinity" and implies that the client should not refresh its
        configuration data without some other trigger (such as detecting
        movement to a new link).</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-10">If a client contacts the server to obtain new data or refresh some
        existing data before the refresh time expires, then it <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14> also
        refresh all data covered by this option.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-11">When the client detects that the refresh time has expired, it <bcp14>SHOULD</bcp14>
        try to update its configuration data by sending an
        Information-request as specified in
        <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.6"/>, except that the
        client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> delay sending the first Information-request by a random
        amount of time between 0 and INF_MAX_DELAY.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.23-12">A client <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> have a maximum value for the refresh time, where that
        value is used whenever the client receives this option with a value
        higher than the maximum.  This also means that the maximum value is
        used when the received value is "infinity".  A maximum value might
        make the client less vulnerable to attacks based on forged DHCP
        messages.  Without a maximum value, a client may be made to use wrong
        information for a possibly infinite period of time.  There may,
        however, be reasons for having a very long refresh time, so it may be
        useful for this maximum value to be configurable.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="SOL_MAX_RT_option" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.24">
        <name slugifiedName="name-sol_max_rt-option">SOL_MAX_RT Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.24-1">A DHCP server sends the SOL_MAX_RT option to a client to override
        the default value of SOL_MAX_RT. The value of SOL_MAX_RT in the option
        replaces the default value defined in <xref target="RFC3315-5.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.6"/>. One use for the SOL_MAX_RT option is to
        set a higher value for SOL_MAX_RT; this reduces the Solicit traffic
        from a client that has not received a response to its Solicit
        messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.24-2">The format of the SOL_MAX_RT option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption82" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-36">
          <name slugifiedName="name-sol_max_rt-option-format">SOL_MAX_RT Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.24-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_SOL_MAX_RT        |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       SOL_MAX_RT value                        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.24-4">
          <dt pn="section-21.24-4.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.24-4.2"> OPTION_SOL_MAX_RT (82).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.24-4.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.24-4.4"> 4.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.24-4.5">SOL_MAX_RT value:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.24-4.6"> Overriding value for SOL_MAX_RT
           in seconds; <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be in this range: 60 &lt;= "value" &lt;= 86400
           (1 day). A 4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.24-5">A DHCP client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include the SOL_MAX_RT option code in any Option
        Request option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.7"/>) it sends in a
        Solicit message.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.24-6">The DHCP server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include the SOL_MAX_RT option in any response
        it sends to a client that has included the SOL_MAX_RT option code in
        an Option Request option. The SOL_MAX_RT option is sent as a top-level
        option in the message to the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.24-7">A DHCP client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> ignore any SOL_MAX_RT option values that are
        less than 60 or more than 86400.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.24-8">If a DHCP client receives a message containing a SOL_MAX_RT option
        that has a valid value for SOL_MAX_RT, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> set its
        internal SOL_MAX_RT parameter to the value contained in the SOL_MAX_RT
        option. This value of SOL_MAX_RT is then used by the retransmission
        mechanism defined in Sections <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="15"/> and <xref target="solicit-create-transmit" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="18.2.1"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.24-9">The purpose of this mechanism is to give network administrators
        a way to avoid excessive DHCP traffic if all DHCP servers
        become unavailable. Therefore, this value is expected
        to be retained for as long as practically possible.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.24-10">An updated SOL_MAX_RT value applies only to the network interface on
        which the client received the SOL_MAX_RT option.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="INF_MAX_RT_option" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-21.25">
        <name slugifiedName="name-inf_max_rt-option">INF_MAX_RT Option</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.25-1">A DHCP server sends the INF_MAX_RT option to a client to override
        the default value of INF_MAX_RT. The value of INF_MAX_RT in the option
        replaces the default value defined in <xref target="RFC3315-5.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.6"/>. One use for the INF_MAX_RT option is to
        set a higher value for INF_MAX_RT; this reduces the
        Information-request traffic from a client that has not received a
        response to its Information-request messages.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.25-2">The format of the INF_MAX_RT option is:</t>
        <figure anchor="FigOption83" align="left" suppress-title="false" pn="figure-37">
          <name slugifiedName="name-inf_max_rt-option-format">INF_MAX_RT Option Format</name>
          <artwork align="left" name="" type="" alt="" pn="section-21.25-3.1">
 0                   1                   2                   3
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|      OPTION_INF_MAX_RT        |         option-len            |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|                       INF_MAX_RT value                        |
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+</artwork>
        </figure>
        <dl indent="3" newline="false" spacing="normal" pn="section-21.25-4">
          <dt pn="section-21.25-4.1">option-code:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.25-4.2"> OPTION_INF_MAX_RT (83).</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.25-4.3">option-len:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.25-4.4"> 4.</dd>
          <dt pn="section-21.25-4.5">INF_MAX_RT value:</dt>
          <dd pn="section-21.25-4.6"> Overriding value for INF_MAX_RT
           in seconds; <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> be in this range: 60 &lt;= "value" &lt;= 86400
           (1 day). A 4-octet field containing an unsigned integer.</dd>
        </dl>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.25-5">A DHCP client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> include the INF_MAX_RT option code in any Option
        Request option (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.7"/>) it sends in
        an Information-request message.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.25-6">The DHCP server <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> include the INF_MAX_RT option in any response
        it sends to a client that has included the INF_MAX_RT option code in
        an Option Request option. The INF_MAX_RT option is a top-level
        option in the message to the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.25-7">A DHCP client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> ignore any INF_MAX_RT option values that are
        less than 60 or more than 86400.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.25-8">If a DHCP client receives a message containing an INF_MAX_RT option
        that has a valid value for INF_MAX_RT, the client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> set its
        internal INF_MAX_RT parameter to the value contained in the INF_MAX_RT
        option. This value of INF_MAX_RT is then used by the retransmission
        mechanism defined in Sections <xref target="RFC3315-14" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="15"/> and <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.5" format="counter" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="18.2.6"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-21.25-9">An updated INF_MAX_RT value applies only to the network interface on
        which the client received the INF_MAX_RT option.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="security" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-22">
      <name slugifiedName="name-security-considerations">Security Considerations</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-22-1">This section discusses security considerations that are not related
      to privacy. See <xref target="privacy" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 23"/> for a discussion
      dedicated to privacy.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-22-2">The threat to DHCP is inherently an insider threat (assuming a
      properly configured network where DHCP ports are blocked on the
      perimeter gateways of the enterprise). Regardless of the gateway
      configuration, however, the potential attacks by insiders and
      outsiders are the same.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-22-3">DHCP lacks end-to-end encryption between clients and servers; thus,
      hijacking, tampering, and eavesdropping attacks are all possible
      as a result. Some network environments (discussed below) can be
      secured through various means to minimize these attacks.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-22-4">The threat common to both the client and the server is the
      "resource-exhaustion" DoS attack. Typically, these attacks involve the
      exhaustion of available assigned addresses or delegatable prefixes or
      the exhaustion of CPU or network bandwidth, and they are present any time
      there is a shared resource.  Some forms of these exhaustion attacks
      can be partially mitigated by appropriate server policy, e.g., limiting
      the maximum number of leases any one client can get, limiting the number
      of leases one client can decline, and limiting the number of messages a
      single client can transmit in a period of time.</t>
      <section anchor="security-client" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-22.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-client-security-considerati">Client Security Considerations</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.1-1">One attack specific to a DHCP client is the establishment of a
      malicious server with the intent of providing incorrect configuration
      information to the client.  The motivation for doing so may be to mount
      a "man-in-the-middle" attack that causes the client to communicate with
      a malicious server instead of a valid server for some service (such as
      DNS or NTP).  The malicious server may also mount a DoS attack
      through misconfiguration of the client; this attack would cause all
      network communication from the client to fail.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.1-2">A malicious DHCP server might cause a client to set its SOL_MAX_RT
      and INF_MAX_RT parameters to an unreasonably high value with the
      SOL_MAX_RT (see <xref target="SOL_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.24"/>) and INF_MAX_RT
      (see <xref target="INF_MAX_RT_option" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.25"/>) options; this may cause
      an undue delay in a client completing its DHCP protocol transaction
      in the case where no other valid response is received.  Assuming that
      the client also receives a response from a valid DHCP server,
      large values for SOL_MAX_RT and INF_MAX_RT will not have any effect.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.1-3">Another threat to DHCP clients originates from mistakenly or
      accidentally configured DHCP servers that answer DHCP client requests
      with unintentionally incorrect configuration parameters.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.1-4">If a client implementation supports the reconfigure mechanism, see
      <xref target="security-rkap" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 22.3"/>.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="security-server" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-22.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-server-security-considerati">Server Security Considerations</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.2-1">The threat specific to a DHCP server is an invalid client masquerading
      as a valid client.  The motivation for this may be for theft of service
      or to circumvent auditing for any number of nefarious purposes.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.2-2">The messages exchanged between relay agents and servers may be used to
      mount a man-in-the-middle or DoS attack. Communication
      between a server and a relay agent, and communication between relay
      agents, can be authenticated and encrypted through the use of IPsec, as
      described in <xref target="RFC8213" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8213"/>.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.2-3">However, the use of manually configured pre-shared keys for IPsec
      between relay agents and servers does not defend against replayed DHCP
      messages.  Replayed messages can represent a DoS attack through
      exhaustion of processing resources but not through misconfiguration or
      exhaustion of other resources such as assignable addresses and
      delegatable prefixes.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.2-4">If a server implementation supports the reconfigure mechanism, see
      <xref target="security-rkap" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 22.3"/>.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="security-rkap" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-22.3">
        <name slugifiedName="name-reconfigure-security-consid">Reconfigure Security Considerations</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.3-1">RKAP, described in <xref target="reconfigure-protocol" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 20.4"/>,
      provides protection against the
      use of a Reconfigure message by a malicious DHCP server to mount a DoS
      or man-in-the-middle attack on a client.  This protocol can be
      compromised by an attacker that can intercept the initial message in
      which the DHCP server sends the key as plain text to the client.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.3-2">Because of the opportunity for attack through the Reconfigure message,
      a DHCP client <bcp14>MUST</bcp14> discard any Reconfigure message that does not include
      authentication or that does not pass the validation process for the
      authentication protocol.</t>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.3-3">A DHCP client may also be subject to attack through the receipt of a
      Reconfigure message from a malicious server that causes the client to
      obtain incorrect configuration information from that server.  Note that
      although a client sends its response (Renew, Rebind, or
      Information-request message) through a relay agent and, therefore, that
      response will only be received by servers to which DHCP messages are
      relayed, a malicious server could send a Reconfigure message to a client,
      followed (after an appropriate delay) by a Reply message that would be
      accepted by the client.  Thus, a malicious server that is not on the
      network path between the client and the server may still be able to
      mount a Reconfigure attack on a client.  The use of transaction IDs that
      are cryptographically sound and cannot easily be predicted will also
      reduce the probability that such an attack will be successful.</t>
      </section>
      <section anchor="security-mitigation" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-22.4">
        <name slugifiedName="name-mitigation-considerations">Mitigation Considerations</name>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.4-1">Various network environments also offer levels of security if deployed
      as described below.</t>
        <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-22.4-2">
          <li pn="section-22.4-2.1">In enterprise and factory networks, use of authentication per
      <xref target="IEEE8802.1x" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="IEEE8802.1x"/> can prevent unknown or untrusted clients
      from connecting to the network. However, this does not necessarily
      assure that the connected client will be a good DHCP or network
      actor.</li>
          <li pn="section-22.4-2.2">For wired networks where clients typically are connected to a
     switch port, snooping DHCP multicast (or unicast) traffic becomes
     difficult, as the switches limit the traffic delivered to a port.
     The client's DHCP messages (multicast to All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers)
     are only forwarded to the DHCP server's (or relay's)
     switch port -- not all ports.  Also, the server's (or relay's)
     unicast replies are only delivered to the target client's port --
     not all ports.</li>
          <li pn="section-22.4-2.3">In public networks (such as a Wi-Fi network in a coffee shop or
      airport), it is possible for others within radio range to snoop DHCP and
      other traffic. But in these environments, there is very little if
      anything that can be learned from the DHCP traffic itself (either from
      client to server or from server to client) if the privacy considerations
      provided in <xref target="privacy" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 23"/> are followed. Even for devices that
      do not follow the privacy considerations, there is little that can
      be learned that would not be available from subsequent communications
      anyway (such as the device's Media Access Control (MAC) address). Also,
      because all clients will typically receive similar configuration details,
      a bad actor that initiates a DHCP request itself can learn much of
      such information. As mentioned above, one threat is that the RKAP key
      for a client can be learned (if the initial
      Solicit/Advertise/Request/Reply exchange is monitored) and trigger a
      premature reconfiguration, but this is relatively easily prevented by
      disallowing direct client-to-client communication on these networks or
      using <xref target="RFC7610" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7610"/> and <xref target="RFC7513" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7513"/>.</li>
        </ul>
        <t indent="0" pn="section-22.4-3">Many of the attacks by rogue servers can be mitigated by making use
      of the mechanisms described in <xref target="RFC7610" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7610"/>
      and <xref target="RFC7513" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7513"/>.</t>
      </section>
    </section>
    <section anchor="privacy" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-23">
      <name slugifiedName="name-privacy-considerations">Privacy Considerations</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-23-1">For an extended discussion about privacy considerations for the
      client, see <xref target="RFC7824" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7824"/>:</t>
      <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-23-2">
        <li pn="section-23-2.1">In particular, <xref target="RFC7824" section="3" sectionFormat="of" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7824#section-3" derivedContent="RFC7824"/> discusses various identifiers that could be
        misused to track the client.</li>
        <li pn="section-23-2.2">
          <xref target="RFC7824" section="4" sectionFormat="of" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7824#section-4" derivedContent="RFC7824"/> discusses existing mechanisms that may have an
        impact on a client's privacy.</li>
        <li pn="section-23-2.3">Finally, <xref target="RFC7824" section="5" sectionFormat="of" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7824#section-5" derivedContent="RFC7824"/> discusses potential attack vectors.</li>
      </ul>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-23-3">For recommendations regarding how to address or mitigate those
      issues, see <xref target="RFC7844" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7844"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-23-4">This specification does not define any allocation strategies for
      servers.  Implementers are expected to develop their own algorithm for
      the server to choose a resource out of the available pool. Several
      possible allocation strategies are mentioned in <xref target="RFC7824" section="4.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7824#section-4.3" derivedContent="RFC7824"/>. Please keep in mind that the list in <xref target="RFC7824" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7824"/> is not exhaustive; there are
      certainly other possible strategies. Readers are also encouraged to read
      <xref target="RFC7707" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7707"/> -- in particular,
      <xref target="RFC7707" section="4.1.2" sectionFormat="of" format="default" derivedLink="https://rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7707#section-4.1.2" derivedContent="RFC7707"/>, which
      discusses the problems with certain allocation strategies.</t>
    </section>
    <section anchor="iana" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-24">
      <name slugifiedName="name-iana-considerations">IANA Considerations</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-24-1">This document does not define any new DHCP name spaces or
      definitions.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-24-2">The publication of this document does not change the
      assignment rules for new values for message types, option codes,
      DUID types, or status codes.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-24-3">The list of assigned values used in DHCPv6 is available at
      <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/dhcpv6-parameters"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-24-4">IANA has updated all references to <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/> to this
      document at
      <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/dhcpv6-parameters"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-24-5">
        IANA has added a new column "Status" to all
        registries on the DHCPv6 parameters page at
        <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/dhcpv6-parameters"/>
        and has left each entry blank except as indicated below:
      </t>
      <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-24-6">
        <li pn="section-24-6.1">
          In the "Option Codes" registry, the "Status" column value has been set
          to "Obsolete" for the IA_TA (option code 4) and UNICAST
          (option code 12) rows.
        </li>
        <li pn="section-24-6.2">
          In the "Status Codes" registry, the "Status" column value has been set
          to "Obsolete" for the UseMulticast (status code 5) row.
        </li>
      </ul>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-24-7">IANA has updated other references to <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/>
      with references to this document at:
      </t>
      <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-24-8">
        <li pn="section-24-8.1">
          <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/auth-namespaces"/> (four entries)</li>
        <li pn="section-24-8.2">
          <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/bootp-dhcp-parameters"/> (two entries)</li>
        <li pn="section-24-8.3">
          <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/ipv6-multicast-addresses"/> (two entries)</li>
        <li pn="section-24-8.4">
          <eref brackets="angle" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/service-names-port-numbers"/> (two entries; UDP ports 546 and 547)</li>
      </ul>
    </section>
  </middle>
  <back>
    <references pn="section-25">
      <name slugifiedName="name-references">References</name>
      <references pn="section-25.1">
        <name slugifiedName="name-normative-references">Normative References</name>
        <referencegroup anchor="BCP145" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/bcp145" derivedAnchor="BCP145">
          <reference anchor="RFC8085" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8085" quoteTitle="true">
            <front>
              <title>UDP Usage Guidelines</title>
              <author fullname="L. Eggert" initials="L." surname="Eggert"/>
              <author fullname="G. Fairhurst" initials="G." surname="Fairhurst"/>
              <author fullname="G. Shepherd" initials="G." surname="Shepherd"/>
              <date month="March" year="2017"/>
              <abstract>
                <t indent="0">The User Datagram Protocol (UDP) provides a minimal message-passing transport that has no inherent congestion control mechanisms. This document provides guidelines on the use of UDP for the designers of applications, tunnels, and other protocols that use UDP. Congestion control guidelines are a primary focus, but the document also provides guidance on other topics, including message sizes, reliability, checksums, middlebox traversal, the use of Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN), Differentiated Services Code Points (DSCPs), and ports.</t>
                <t indent="0">Because congestion control is critical to the stable operation of the Internet, applications and other protocols that choose to use UDP as an Internet transport must employ mechanisms to prevent congestion collapse and to establish some degree of fairness with concurrent traffic. They may also need to implement additional mechanisms, depending on how they use UDP.</t>
                <t indent="0">Some guidance is also applicable to the design of other protocols (e.g., protocols layered directly on IP or via IP-based tunnels), especially when these protocols do not themselves provide congestion control.</t>
                <t indent="0">This document obsoletes RFC 5405 and adds guidelines for multicast UDP usage.</t>
              </abstract>
            </front>
            <seriesInfo name="BCP" value="145"/>
            <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8085"/>
            <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8085"/>
          </reference>
        </referencegroup>
        <reference anchor="RFC0768" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc768" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC0768">
          <front>
            <title>User Datagram Protocol</title>
            <author fullname="J. Postel" initials="J." surname="Postel"/>
            <date month="August" year="1980"/>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="STD" value="6"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="768"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC0768"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC1035" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc1035" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC1035">
          <front>
            <title>Domain names - implementation and specification</title>
            <author fullname="P. Mockapetris" initials="P." surname="Mockapetris"/>
            <date month="November" year="1987"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This RFC is the revised specification of the protocol and format used in the implementation of the Domain Name System. It obsoletes RFC-883. This memo documents the details of the domain name client - server communication.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="STD" value="13"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1035"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC1035"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC2119" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2119" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC2119">
          <front>
            <title>Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels</title>
            <author fullname="S. Bradner" initials="S." surname="Bradner"/>
            <date month="March" year="1997"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">In many standards track documents several words are used to signify the requirements in the specification. These words are often capitalized. This document defines these words as they should be interpreted in IETF documents. This document specifies an Internet Best Current Practices for the Internet Community, and requests discussion and suggestions for improvements.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="BCP" value="14"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2119"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC2119"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC4291" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4291" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC4291">
          <front>
            <title>IP Version 6 Addressing Architecture</title>
            <author fullname="R. Hinden" initials="R." surname="Hinden"/>
            <author fullname="S. Deering" initials="S." surname="Deering"/>
            <date month="February" year="2006"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This specification defines the addressing architecture of the IP Version 6 (IPv6) protocol. The document includes the IPv6 addressing model, text representations of IPv6 addresses, definition of IPv6 unicast addresses, anycast addresses, and multicast addresses, and an IPv6 node's required addresses.</t>
              <t indent="0">This document obsoletes RFC 3513, "IP Version 6 Addressing Architecture". [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="4291"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC4291"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC4861" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4861" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC4861">
          <front>
            <title>Neighbor Discovery for IP version 6 (IPv6)</title>
            <author fullname="T. Narten" initials="T." surname="Narten"/>
            <author fullname="E. Nordmark" initials="E." surname="Nordmark"/>
            <author fullname="W. Simpson" initials="W." surname="Simpson"/>
            <author fullname="H. Soliman" initials="H." surname="Soliman"/>
            <date month="September" year="2007"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies the Neighbor Discovery protocol for IP Version 6. IPv6 nodes on the same link use Neighbor Discovery to discover each other's presence, to determine each other's link-layer addresses, to find routers, and to maintain reachability information about the paths to active neighbors. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="4861"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC4861"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC4862" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4862" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC4862">
          <front>
            <title>IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration</title>
            <author fullname="S. Thomson" initials="S." surname="Thomson"/>
            <author fullname="T. Narten" initials="T." surname="Narten"/>
            <author fullname="T. Jinmei" initials="T." surname="Jinmei"/>
            <date month="September" year="2007"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies the steps a host takes in deciding how to autoconfigure its interfaces in IP version 6. The autoconfiguration process includes generating a link-local address, generating global addresses via stateless address autoconfiguration, and the Duplicate Address Detection procedure to verify the uniqueness of the addresses on a link. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="4862"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC4862"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC6221" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6221" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC6221">
          <front>
            <title>Lightweight DHCPv6 Relay Agent</title>
            <author fullname="D. Miles" initials="D." role="editor" surname="Miles"/>
            <author fullname="S. Ooghe" initials="S." surname="Ooghe"/>
            <author fullname="W. Dec" initials="W." surname="Dec"/>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <author fullname="A. Kavanagh" initials="A." surname="Kavanagh"/>
            <date month="May" year="2011"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document proposes a Lightweight DHCPv6 Relay Agent (LDRA) that is used to insert relay agent options in DHCPv6 message exchanges identifying client-facing interfaces. The LDRA can be implemented in existing access nodes (such as Digital Subscriber Link Access Multiplexers (DSLAMs) and Ethernet switches) that do not support IPv6 control or routing functions. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="6221"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC6221"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC6355" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6355" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC6355">
          <front>
            <title>Definition of the UUID-Based DHCPv6 Unique Identifier (DUID-UUID)</title>
            <author fullname="T. Narten" initials="T." surname="Narten"/>
            <author fullname="J. Johnson" initials="J." surname="Johnson"/>
            <date month="August" year="2011"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document defines a new DHCPv6 Unique Identifier (DUID) type called DUID-UUID. DUID-UUIDs are derived from the already-standardized Universally Unique IDentifier (UUID) format. DUID-UUID makes it possible for devices to use UUIDs to identify themselves to DHC servers and vice versa. UUIDs are globally unique and readily available on many systems, making them convenient identifiers to leverage within DHCP. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="6355"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC6355"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7227" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7227" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7227">
          <front>
            <title>Guidelines for Creating New DHCPv6 Options</title>
            <author fullname="D. Hankins" initials="D." surname="Hankins"/>
            <author fullname="T. Mrugalski" initials="T." surname="Mrugalski"/>
            <author fullname="M. Siodelski" initials="M." surname="Siodelski"/>
            <author fullname="S. Jiang" initials="S." surname="Jiang"/>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <date month="May" year="2014"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document provides guidance to prospective DHCPv6 option developers to help them create option formats that are easily adoptable by existing DHCPv6 software. It also provides guidelines for expert reviewers to evaluate new registrations. This document updates RFC 3315.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="BCP" value="187"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7227"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7227"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7934" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7934" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7934">
          <front>
            <title>Host Address Availability Recommendations</title>
            <author fullname="L. Colitti" initials="L." surname="Colitti"/>
            <author fullname="V. Cerf" initials="V." surname="Cerf"/>
            <author fullname="S. Cheshire" initials="S." surname="Cheshire"/>
            <author fullname="D. Schinazi" initials="D." surname="Schinazi"/>
            <date month="July" year="2016"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document recommends that networks provide general-purpose end hosts with multiple global IPv6 addresses when they attach, and it describes the benefits of and the options for doing so.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="BCP" value="204"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7934"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7934"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC8174" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8174" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC8174">
          <front>
            <title>Ambiguity of Uppercase vs Lowercase in RFC 2119 Key Words</title>
            <author fullname="B. Leiba" initials="B." surname="Leiba"/>
            <date month="May" year="2017"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">RFC 2119 specifies common key words that may be used in protocol specifications. This document aims to reduce the ambiguity by clarifying that only UPPERCASE usage of the key words have the defined special meanings.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="BCP" value="14"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8174"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8174"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC8200" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8200" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC8200">
          <front>
            <title>Internet Protocol, Version 6 (IPv6) Specification</title>
            <author fullname="S. Deering" initials="S." surname="Deering"/>
            <author fullname="R. Hinden" initials="R." surname="Hinden"/>
            <date month="July" year="2017"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies version 6 of the Internet Protocol (IPv6). It obsoletes RFC 2460.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="STD" value="86"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8200"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8200"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC8213" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8213" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC8213">
          <front>
            <title>Security of Messages Exchanged between Servers and Relay Agents</title>
            <author fullname="B. Volz" initials="B." surname="Volz"/>
            <author fullname="Y. Pal" initials="Y." surname="Pal"/>
            <date month="August" year="2017"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv4 (DHCPv4) has no guidance for how to secure messages exchanged between servers and relay agents. The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) states that IPsec should be used to secure messages exchanged between servers and relay agents but does not require encryption. With recent concerns about pervasive monitoring and other attacks, it is appropriate to require securing relay-to-relay and relay-to-server communication for DHCPv6 and relay-to-server communication for DHCPv4.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8213"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8213"/>
        </reference>
      </references>
      <references pn="section-25.2">
        <name slugifiedName="name-informative-references">Informative References</name>
        <reference anchor="Err6159" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid1912" quoteTitle="false" derivedAnchor="Err6159">
          <front>
            <title>Erratum ID 6159</title>
            <author>
              <organization showOnFrontPage="true">RFC Errata</organization>
            </author>
          </front>
          <refcontent>RFC 8415</refcontent>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="Err6183" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid1912" quoteTitle="false" derivedAnchor="Err6183">
          <front>
            <title>Erratum ID 6183</title>
            <author>
              <organization showOnFrontPage="true">RFC Errata</organization>
            </author>
          </front>
          <refcontent>RFC 8415</refcontent>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="Err6269" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/errata/eid1912" quoteTitle="false" derivedAnchor="Err6269">
          <front>
            <title>Erratum ID 6269</title>
            <author>
              <organization showOnFrontPage="true">RFC Errata</organization>
            </author>
          </front>
          <refcontent>RFC 8415</refcontent>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="IANA-HARDWARE-TYPES" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/arp-parameters" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="IANA-HARDWARE-TYPES">
          <front>
            <title>Hardware Types</title>
            <author>
              <organization showOnFrontPage="true">IANA</organization>
            </author>
            <date/>
          </front>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="IANA-OPTION-DETAILS" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/dhcpv6-parameters" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="IANA-OPTION-DETAILS">
          <front>
            <title>Option Codes</title>
            <author>
              <organization showOnFrontPage="true">IANA</organization>
            </author>
            <date/>
          </front>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="IANA-PEN" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/enterprise-numbers" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="IANA-PEN">
          <front>
            <title>Private Enterprise Numbers</title>
            <author>
              <organization showOnFrontPage="true">IANA</organization>
            </author>
            <date/>
          </front>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="IANA-RESERVED-IID" target="https://www.iana.org/assignments/ipv6-interface-ids" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="IANA-RESERVED-IID">
          <front>
            <title>Reserved IPv6 Interface Identifiers</title>
            <author>
              <organization showOnFrontPage="true">IANA</organization>
            </author>
            <date/>
          </front>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="IEEE8802.1x" target="https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/9650828" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="IEEE8802.1x">
          <front>
            <title>IEEE/ISO/IEC International Standard-Telecommunications and exchange between information technology systems--Requirements for local and metropolitan area networks--Part 1X:Port-based network access control</title>
            <author>
              <organization showOnFrontPage="true">IEEE/ISO/IEC</organization>
            </author>
            <date year="2021"/>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="ISO/IEC/IEEE" value="8802-1X:2021"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.1109/IEEESTD.2021.9650828"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC2131" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2131" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC2131">
          <front>
            <title>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol</title>
            <author fullname="R. Droms" initials="R." surname="Droms"/>
            <date month="March" year="1997"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) provides a framework for passing configuration information to hosts on a TCPIP network. DHCP is based on the Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP), adding the capability of automatic allocation of reusable network addresses and additional configuration options. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2131"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC2131"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC2464" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc2464" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC2464">
          <front>
            <title>Transmission of IPv6 Packets over Ethernet Networks</title>
            <author fullname="M. Crawford" initials="M." surname="Crawford"/>
            <date month="December" year="1998"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies the frame format for transmission of IPv6 packets and the method of forming IPv6 link-local addresses and statelessly autoconfigured addresses on Ethernet networks. It also specifies the content of the Source/Target Link-layer Address option used in Router Solicitation, Router Advertisement, Neighbor Solicitation, Neighbor Advertisement and Redirect messages when those messages are transmitted on an Ethernet. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2464"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC2464"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC3162" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3162" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC3162">
          <front>
            <title>RADIUS and IPv6</title>
            <author fullname="B. Aboba" initials="B." surname="Aboba"/>
            <author fullname="G. Zorn" initials="G." surname="Zorn"/>
            <author fullname="D. Mitton" initials="D." surname="Mitton"/>
            <date month="August" year="2001"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies the operation of RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial In User Service) when run over IPv6 as well as the RADIUS attributes used to support IPv6 network access. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="3162"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC3162"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC3290" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3290" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC3290">
          <front>
            <title>An Informal Management Model for Diffserv Routers</title>
            <author fullname="Y. Bernet" initials="Y." surname="Bernet"/>
            <author fullname="S. Blake" initials="S." surname="Blake"/>
            <author fullname="D. Grossman" initials="D." surname="Grossman"/>
            <author fullname="A. Smith" initials="A." surname="Smith"/>
            <date month="May" year="2002"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document proposes an informal management model of Differentiated Services (Diffserv) routers for use in their management and configuration. This model defines functional datapath elements (e.g., classifiers, meters, actions, marking, absolute dropping, counting, multiplexing), algorithmic droppers, queues and schedulers. It describes possible configuration parameters for these elements and how they might be interconnected to realize the range of traffic conditioning and per-hop behavior (PHB) functionalities described in the Diffserv Architecture. This memo provides information for the Internet community.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="3290"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC3290"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC3629" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3629" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC3629">
          <front>
            <title>UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646</title>
            <author fullname="F. Yergeau" initials="F." surname="Yergeau"/>
            <date month="November" year="2003"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">ISO/IEC 10646-1 defines a large character set called the Universal Character Set (UCS) which encompasses most of the world's writing systems. The originally proposed encodings of the UCS, however, were not compatible with many current applications and protocols, and this has led to the development of UTF-8, the object of this memo. UTF-8 has the characteristic of preserving the full US-ASCII range, providing compatibility with file systems, parsers and other software that rely on US-ASCII values but are transparent to other values. This memo obsoletes and replaces RFC 2279.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="STD" value="63"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="3629"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC3629"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC3646" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3646" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC3646">
          <front>
            <title>DNS Configuration options for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</title>
            <author fullname="R. Droms" initials="R." role="editor" surname="Droms"/>
            <date month="December" year="2003"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document describes Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) options for passing a list of available DNS recursive name servers and a domain search list to a client.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="3646"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC3646"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC3769" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc3769" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC3769">
          <front>
            <title>Requirements for IPv6 Prefix Delegation</title>
            <author fullname="S. Miyakawa" initials="S." surname="Miyakawa"/>
            <author fullname="R. Droms" initials="R." surname="Droms"/>
            <date month="June" year="2004"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document describes requirements for how IPv6 address prefixes should be delegated to an IPv6 subscriber's network (or "site"). This memo provides information for the Internet community.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="3769"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC3769"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC4193" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4193" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC4193">
          <front>
            <title>Unique Local IPv6 Unicast Addresses</title>
            <author fullname="R. Hinden" initials="R." surname="Hinden"/>
            <author fullname="B. Haberman" initials="B." surname="Haberman"/>
            <date month="October" year="2005"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document defines an IPv6 unicast address format that is globally unique and is intended for local communications, usually inside of a site. These addresses are not expected to be routable on the global Internet. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="4193"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC4193"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC4477" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4477" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC4477">
          <front>
            <title>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP): IPv4 and IPv6 Dual-Stack Issues</title>
            <author fullname="T. Chown" initials="T." surname="Chown"/>
            <author fullname="S. Venaas" initials="S." surname="Venaas"/>
            <author fullname="C. Strauf" initials="C." surname="Strauf"/>
            <date month="May" year="2006"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">A node may have support for communications using IPv4 and/or IPv6 protocols. Such a node may wish to obtain IPv4 and/or IPv6 configuration settings via the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). The original version of DHCP (RFC 2131) designed for IPv4 has now been complemented by a new DHCPv6 (RFC 3315) for IPv6. This document describes issues identified with dual IP version DHCP interactions, the most important aspect of which is how to handle potential problems in clients processing configuration information received from both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers. The document makes a recommendation on the general strategy on how best to handle such issues and identifies future work to be undertaken. This memo provides information for the Internet community.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="4477"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC4477"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC4704" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4704" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC4704">
          <front>
            <title>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) Client Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) Option</title>
            <author fullname="B. Volz" initials="B." surname="Volz"/>
            <date month="October" year="2006"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies a new Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) option that can be used to exchange information about a DHCPv6 client's Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) and about responsibility for updating DNS resource records (RRs) related to the client's address assignments. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="4704"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC4704"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC4943" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4943" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC4943">
          <front>
            <title>IPv6 Neighbor Discovery On-Link Assumption Considered Harmful</title>
            <author fullname="S. Roy" initials="S." surname="Roy"/>
            <author fullname="A. Durand" initials="A." surname="Durand"/>
            <author fullname="J. Paugh" initials="J." surname="Paugh"/>
            <date month="September" year="2007"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document describes the historical and background information behind the removal of the "on-link assumption" from the conceptual host sending algorithm defined in Neighbor Discovery for IP Version 6 (IPv6). According to the algorithm as originally described, when a host's default router list is empty, the host assumes that all destinations are on-link. This is particularly problematic with IPv6-capable nodes that do not have off-link IPv6 connectivity (e.g., no default router). This document describes how making this assumption causes problems and how these problems outweigh the benefits of this part of the conceptual sending algorithm. This memo provides information for the Internet community.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="4943"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC4943"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC4957" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4957" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC4957">
          <front>
            <title>Link-Layer Event Notifications for Detecting Network Attachments</title>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." role="editor" surname="Krishnan"/>
            <author fullname="N. Montavont" initials="N." surname="Montavont"/>
            <author fullname="E. Njedjou" initials="E." surname="Njedjou"/>
            <author fullname="S. Veerepalli" initials="S." surname="Veerepalli"/>
            <author fullname="A. Yegin" initials="A." role="editor" surname="Yegin"/>
            <date month="August" year="2007"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">Certain network access technologies are capable of providing various types of link-layer status information to IP. Link-layer event notifications can help IP expeditiously detect configuration changes. This document provides a non-exhaustive catalogue of information available from well-known access technologies. This memo provides information for the Internet community.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="4957"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC4957"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC4994" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc4994" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC4994">
          <front>
            <title>DHCPv6 Relay Agent Echo Request Option</title>
            <author fullname="S. Zeng" initials="S." surname="Zeng"/>
            <author fullname="B. Volz" initials="B." surname="Volz"/>
            <author fullname="K. Kinnear" initials="K." surname="Kinnear"/>
            <author fullname="J. Brzozowski" initials="J." surname="Brzozowski"/>
            <date month="September" year="2007"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This memo defines a Relay Agent Echo Request option for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6). The option allows a DHCPv6 relay agent to request a list of relay agent options that the server echoes back to the relay agent. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="4994"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC4994"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC5007" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5007" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC5007">
          <front>
            <title>DHCPv6 Leasequery</title>
            <author fullname="J. Brzozowski" initials="J." surname="Brzozowski"/>
            <author fullname="K. Kinnear" initials="K." surname="Kinnear"/>
            <author fullname="B. Volz" initials="B." surname="Volz"/>
            <author fullname="S. Zeng" initials="S." surname="Zeng"/>
            <date month="September" year="2007"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies a leasequery exchange for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) that can be used to obtain lease information about DHCPv6 clients from a DHCPv6 server. This document specifies the scope of data that can be retrieved as well as both DHCPv6 leasequery requestor and server behavior. This document extends DHCPv6. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="5007"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC5007"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC5453" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5453" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC5453">
          <front>
            <title>Reserved IPv6 Interface Identifiers</title>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <date month="February" year="2009"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">Interface identifiers in IPv6 unicast addresses are used to identify interfaces on a link. They are required to be unique within a subnet. Several RFCs have specified interface identifiers or identifier ranges that have a special meaning attached to them. An IPv6 node autoconfiguring an interface identifier in these ranges will encounter unexpected consequences. Since there is no centralized repository for such reserved identifiers, this document aims to create one. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="5453"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC5453"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC5612" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5612" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC5612">
          <front>
            <title>Enterprise Number for Documentation Use</title>
            <author fullname="P. Eronen" initials="P." surname="Eronen"/>
            <author fullname="D. Harrington" initials="D." surname="Harrington"/>
            <date month="August" year="2009"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document describes an Enterprise Number (also known as SMI Network Management Private Enterprise Code) for use in documentation. This memo provides information for the Internet community.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="5612"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC5612"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC5905" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5905" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC5905">
          <front>
            <title>Network Time Protocol Version 4: Protocol and Algorithms Specification</title>
            <author fullname="D. Mills" initials="D." surname="Mills"/>
            <author fullname="J. Martin" initials="J." role="editor" surname="Martin"/>
            <author fullname="J. Burbank" initials="J." surname="Burbank"/>
            <author fullname="W. Kasch" initials="W." surname="Kasch"/>
            <date month="June" year="2010"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is widely used to synchronize computer clocks in the Internet. This document describes NTP version 4 (NTPv4), which is backwards compatible with NTP version 3 (NTPv3), described in RFC 1305, as well as previous versions of the protocol. NTPv4 includes a modified protocol header to accommodate the Internet Protocol version 6 address family. NTPv4 includes fundamental improvements in the mitigation and discipline algorithms that extend the potential accuracy to the tens of microseconds with modern workstations and fast LANs. It includes a dynamic server discovery scheme, so that in many cases, specific server configuration is not required. It corrects certain errors in the NTPv3 design and implementation and includes an optional extension mechanism.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="5905"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC5905"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC5908" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc5908" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC5908">
          <front>
            <title>Network Time Protocol (NTP) Server Option for DHCPv6</title>
            <author fullname="R. Gayraud" initials="R." surname="Gayraud"/>
            <author fullname="B. Lourdelet" initials="B." surname="Lourdelet"/>
            <date month="June" year="2010"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">The NTP Server Option for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) provides NTPv4 (Network Time Protocol version 4) server location information to DHCPv6 hosts. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="5908"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC5908"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC6059" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6059" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC6059">
          <front>
            <title>Simple Procedures for Detecting Network Attachment in IPv6</title>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <author fullname="G. Daley" initials="G." surname="Daley"/>
            <date month="November" year="2010"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">Detecting Network Attachment allows hosts to assess if its existing addressing or routing configuration is valid for a newly connected network. This document provides simple procedures for Detecting Network Attachment in IPv6 hosts, and procedures for routers to support such services. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="6059"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC6059"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC6422" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6422" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC6422">
          <front>
            <title>Relay-Supplied DHCP Options</title>
            <author fullname="T. Lemon" initials="T." surname="Lemon"/>
            <author fullname="Q. Wu" initials="Q." surname="Wu"/>
            <date month="December" year="2011"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">DHCPv6 relay agents cannot communicate with DHCPv6 clients directly. However, in some cases, the relay agent possesses some information that would be useful to the DHCPv6 client. This document describes a mechanism whereby the DHCPv6 relay agent can provide such information to the DHCPv6 server, which can, in turn, pass this information on to the DHCP client.</t>
              <t indent="0">This document updates RFC 3315 (DHCPv6) by making explicit the implicit requirement that relay agents not modify the content of encapsulation payloads as they are relayed back toward clients. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="6422"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC6422"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC6603" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6603" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC6603">
          <front>
            <title>Prefix Exclude Option for DHCPv6-based Prefix Delegation</title>
            <author fullname="J. Korhonen" initials="J." role="editor" surname="Korhonen"/>
            <author fullname="T. Savolainen" initials="T." surname="Savolainen"/>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <author fullname="O. Troan" initials="O." surname="Troan"/>
            <date month="May" year="2012"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This specification defines an optional mechanism to allow exclusion of one specific prefix from a delegated prefix set when using DHCPv6-based prefix delegation. The new mechanism updates RFC 3633. [STANDARDS-TRACK]</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="6603"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC6603"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC6879" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6879" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC6879">
          <front>
            <title>IPv6 Enterprise Network Renumbering Scenarios, Considerations, and Methods</title>
            <author fullname="S. Jiang" initials="S." surname="Jiang"/>
            <author fullname="B. Liu" initials="B." surname="Liu"/>
            <author fullname="B. Carpenter" initials="B." surname="Carpenter"/>
            <date month="February" year="2013"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document analyzes events that cause renumbering and describes the current renumbering methods. These are described in three categories: those applicable during network design, those applicable during preparation for renumbering, and those applicable during the renumbering operation.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="6879"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC6879"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC6939" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc6939" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC6939">
          <front>
            <title>Client Link-Layer Address Option in DHCPv6</title>
            <author fullname="G. Halwasia" initials="G." surname="Halwasia"/>
            <author fullname="S. Bhandari" initials="S." surname="Bhandari"/>
            <author fullname="W. Dec" initials="W." surname="Dec"/>
            <date month="May" year="2013"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies the format and mechanism that is to be used for encoding the client link-layer address in DHCPv6 Relay-Forward messages by defining a new DHCPv6 Client Link-Layer Address option.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="6939"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC6939"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7084" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7084" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7084">
          <front>
            <title>Basic Requirements for IPv6 Customer Edge Routers</title>
            <author fullname="H. Singh" initials="H." surname="Singh"/>
            <author fullname="W. Beebee" initials="W." surname="Beebee"/>
            <author fullname="C. Donley" initials="C." surname="Donley"/>
            <author fullname="B. Stark" initials="B." surname="Stark"/>
            <date month="November" year="2013"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies requirements for an IPv6 Customer Edge (CE) router. Specifically, the current version of this document focuses on the basic provisioning of an IPv6 CE router and the provisioning of IPv6 hosts attached to it. The document also covers IP transition technologies. Two transition technologies in RFC 5969's IPv6 Rapid Deployment on IPv4 Infrastructures (6rd) and RFC 6333's Dual-Stack Lite (DS-Lite) are covered in the document. The document obsoletes RFC 6204.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7084"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7084"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7136" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7136" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7136">
          <front>
            <title>Significance of IPv6 Interface Identifiers</title>
            <author fullname="B. Carpenter" initials="B." surname="Carpenter"/>
            <author fullname="S. Jiang" initials="S." surname="Jiang"/>
            <date month="February" year="2014"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">The IPv6 addressing architecture includes a unicast interface identifier that is used in the creation of many IPv6 addresses. Interface identifiers are formed by a variety of methods. This document clarifies that the bits in an interface identifier have no meaning and that the entire identifier should be treated as an opaque value. In particular, RFC 4291 defines a method by which the Universal and Group bits of an IEEE link-layer address are mapped into an IPv6 unicast interface identifier. This document clarifies that those two bits are significant only in the process of deriving interface identifiers from an IEEE link-layer address, and it updates RFC 4291 accordingly.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7136"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7136"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7341" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7341" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7341">
          <front>
            <title>DHCPv4-over-DHCPv6 (DHCP 4o6) Transport</title>
            <author fullname="Q. Sun" initials="Q." surname="Sun"/>
            <author fullname="Y. Cui" initials="Y." surname="Cui"/>
            <author fullname="M. Siodelski" initials="M." surname="Siodelski"/>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <author fullname="I. Farrer" initials="I." surname="Farrer"/>
            <date month="August" year="2014"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">IPv4 connectivity is still needed as networks migrate towards IPv6. Users require IPv4 configuration even if the uplink to their service provider supports IPv6 only. This document describes a mechanism for obtaining IPv4 configuration information dynamically in IPv6 networks by carrying DHCPv4 messages over DHCPv6 transport. Two new DHCPv6 messages and two new DHCPv6 options are defined for this purpose.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7341"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7341"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7368" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7368" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7368">
          <front>
            <title>IPv6 Home Networking Architecture Principles</title>
            <author fullname="T. Chown" initials="T." role="editor" surname="Chown"/>
            <author fullname="J. Arkko" initials="J." surname="Arkko"/>
            <author fullname="A. Brandt" initials="A." surname="Brandt"/>
            <author fullname="O. Troan" initials="O." surname="Troan"/>
            <author fullname="J. Weil" initials="J." surname="Weil"/>
            <date month="October" year="2014"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This text describes evolving networking technology within residential home networks with increasing numbers of devices and a trend towards increased internal routing. The goal of this document is to define a general architecture for IPv6-based home networking, describing the associated principles, considerations, and requirements. The text briefly highlights specific implications of the introduction of IPv6 for home networking, discusses the elements of the architecture, and suggests how standard IPv6 mechanisms and addressing can be employed in home networking. The architecture describes the need for specific protocol extensions for certain additional functionality. It is assumed that the IPv6 home network is not actively managed and runs as an IPv6-only or dual-stack network. There are no recommendations in this text for the IPv4 part of the network.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7368"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7368"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7513" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7513" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7513">
          <front>
            <title>Source Address Validation Improvement (SAVI) Solution for DHCP</title>
            <author fullname="J. Bi" initials="J." surname="Bi"/>
            <author fullname="J. Wu" initials="J." surname="Wu"/>
            <author fullname="G. Yao" initials="G." surname="Yao"/>
            <author fullname="F. Baker" initials="F." surname="Baker"/>
            <date month="May" year="2015"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies the procedure for creating a binding between a DHCPv4/DHCPv6-assigned IP address and a binding anchor on a Source Address Validation Improvement (SAVI) device. The bindings set up by this procedure are used to filter packets with forged source IP addresses. This mechanism complements BCP 38 (RFC 2827) ingress filtering, providing finer-grained source IP address validation.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7513"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7513"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7598" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7598" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7598">
          <front>
            <title>DHCPv6 Options for Configuration of Softwire Address and Port-Mapped Clients</title>
            <author fullname="T. Mrugalski" initials="T." surname="Mrugalski"/>
            <author fullname="O. Troan" initials="O." surname="Troan"/>
            <author fullname="I. Farrer" initials="I." surname="Farrer"/>
            <author fullname="S. Perreault" initials="S." surname="Perreault"/>
            <author fullname="W. Dec" initials="W." surname="Dec"/>
            <author fullname="C. Bao" initials="C." surname="Bao"/>
            <author fullname="L. Yeh" initials="L." surname="Yeh"/>
            <author fullname="X. Deng" initials="X." surname="Deng"/>
            <date month="July" year="2015"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies DHCPv6 options, termed Softwire46 options, for the provisioning of Softwire46 Customer Edge (CE) devices. Softwire46 is a collective term used to refer to architectures based on the notion of IPv4 Address plus Port (A+P) for providing IPv4 connectivity across an IPv6 network.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7598"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7598"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7610" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7610" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7610">
          <front>
            <title>DHCPv6-Shield: Protecting against Rogue DHCPv6 Servers</title>
            <author fullname="F. Gont" initials="F." surname="Gont"/>
            <author fullname="W. Liu" initials="W." surname="Liu"/>
            <author fullname="G. Van de Velde" initials="G." surname="Van de Velde"/>
            <date month="August" year="2015"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies a mechanism for protecting hosts connected to a switched network against rogue DHCPv6 servers. It is based on DHCPv6 packet filtering at the layer 2 device at which the packets are received. A similar mechanism has been widely deployed in IPv4 networks ('DHCP snooping'); hence, it is desirable that similar functionality be provided for IPv6 networks. This document specifies a Best Current Practice for the implementation of DHCPv6-Shield.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="BCP" value="199"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7610"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7610"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7707" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7707" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7707">
          <front>
            <title>Network Reconnaissance in IPv6 Networks</title>
            <author fullname="F. Gont" initials="F." surname="Gont"/>
            <author fullname="T. Chown" initials="T." surname="Chown"/>
            <date month="March" year="2016"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">IPv6 offers a much larger address space than that of its IPv4 counterpart. An IPv6 subnet of size /64 can (in theory) accommodate approximately 1.844 * 10^19 hosts, thus resulting in a much lower host density (#hosts/#addresses) than is typical in IPv4 networks, where a site typically has 65,000 or fewer unique addresses. As a result, it is widely assumed that it would take a tremendous effort to perform address-scanning attacks against IPv6 networks; therefore, IPv6 address-scanning attacks have been considered unfeasible. This document formally obsoletes RFC 5157, which first discussed this assumption, by providing further analysis on how traditional address-scanning techniques apply to IPv6 networks and exploring some additional techniques that can be employed for IPv6 network reconnaissance.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7707"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7707"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7721" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7721" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7721">
          <front>
            <title>Security and Privacy Considerations for IPv6 Address Generation Mechanisms</title>
            <author fullname="A. Cooper" initials="A." surname="Cooper"/>
            <author fullname="F. Gont" initials="F." surname="Gont"/>
            <author fullname="D. Thaler" initials="D." surname="Thaler"/>
            <date month="March" year="2016"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document discusses privacy and security considerations for several IPv6 address generation mechanisms, both standardized and non-standardized. It evaluates how different mechanisms mitigate different threats and the trade-offs that implementors, developers, and users face in choosing different addresses or address generation mechanisms.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7721"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7721"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7824" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7824" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7824">
          <front>
            <title>Privacy Considerations for DHCPv6</title>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <author fullname="T. Mrugalski" initials="T." surname="Mrugalski"/>
            <author fullname="S. Jiang" initials="S." surname="Jiang"/>
            <date month="May" year="2016"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">DHCPv6 is a protocol that is used to provide addressing and configuration information to IPv6 hosts. This document describes the privacy issues associated with the use of DHCPv6 by Internet users. It is intended to be an analysis of the present situation and does not propose any solutions.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7824"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7824"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7844" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7844" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7844">
          <front>
            <title>Anonymity Profiles for DHCP Clients</title>
            <author fullname="C. Huitema" initials="C." surname="Huitema"/>
            <author fullname="T. Mrugalski" initials="T." surname="Mrugalski"/>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <date month="May" year="2016"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">Some DHCP options carry unique identifiers. These identifiers can enable device tracking even if the device administrator takes care of randomizing other potential identifications like link-layer addresses or IPv6 addresses. The anonymity profiles are designed for clients that wish to remain anonymous to the visited network. The profiles provide guidelines on the composition of DHCP or DHCPv6 messages, designed to minimize disclosure of identifying information.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7844"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7844"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7943" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7943" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7943">
          <front>
            <title>A Method for Generating Semantically Opaque Interface Identifiers (IIDs) with the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</title>
            <author fullname="F. Gont" initials="F." surname="Gont"/>
            <author fullname="W. Liu" initials="W." surname="Liu"/>
            <date month="September" year="2016"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document describes a method for selecting IPv6 Interface Identifiers that can be employed by Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) servers when leasing non-temporary IPv6 addresses to DHCPv6 clients. This method is a DHCPv6 server-side algorithm that does not require any updates to the existing DHCPv6 specifications. The aforementioned method results in stable addresses within each subnet, even in the presence of multiple DHCPv6 servers or DHCPv6 server reinstallments. It is a DHCPv6 variant of the method specified in RFC 7217 for IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7943"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7943"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC7969" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7969" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC7969">
          <front>
            <title>Customizing DHCP Configuration on the Basis of Network Topology</title>
            <author fullname="T. Lemon" initials="T." surname="Lemon"/>
            <author fullname="T. Mrugalski" initials="T." surname="Mrugalski"/>
            <date month="October" year="2016"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">DHCP servers have evolved over the years to provide significant functionality beyond that described in the DHCP base specifications. One aspect of this functionality is support for context-specific configuration information. This memo describes some such features and explains their operation.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="7969"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC7969"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC8168" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8168" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC8168">
          <front>
            <title>DHCPv6 Prefix-Length Hint Issues</title>
            <author fullname="T. Li" initials="T." surname="Li"/>
            <author fullname="C. Liu" initials="C." surname="Liu"/>
            <author fullname="Y. Cui" initials="Y." surname="Cui"/>
            <date month="May" year="2017"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation allows a client to include a prefix-length hint value in the IA_PD option to indicate a preference for the size of the prefix to be delegated, but it is unclear about how the client and server should act in different situations involving the prefix-length hint. This document provides a summary of the existing problems with the prefix-length hint and guidance on what the client and server could do in different situations.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8168"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8168"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC8357" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8357" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC8357">
          <front>
            <title>Generalized UDP Source Port for DHCP Relay</title>
            <author fullname="N. Shen" initials="N." surname="Shen"/>
            <author fullname="E. Chen" initials="E." surname="Chen"/>
            <date month="March" year="2018"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document defines an extension to the DHCP protocols that allows a relay agent to use any available source port for upstream communications. The extension also allows inclusion of a DHCP option that can be used to statelessly route responses back to the appropriate source port on downstream communications.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8357"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8357"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC8415" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8415" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC8415">
          <front>
            <title>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</title>
            <author fullname="T. Mrugalski" initials="T." surname="Mrugalski"/>
            <author fullname="M. Siodelski" initials="M." surname="Siodelski"/>
            <author fullname="B. Volz" initials="B." surname="Volz"/>
            <author fullname="A. Yourtchenko" initials="A." surname="Yourtchenko"/>
            <author fullname="M. Richardson" initials="M." surname="Richardson"/>
            <author fullname="S. Jiang" initials="S." surname="Jiang"/>
            <author fullname="T. Lemon" initials="T." surname="Lemon"/>
            <author fullname="T. Winters" initials="T." surname="Winters"/>
            <date month="November" year="2018"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document describes the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6): an extensible mechanism for configuring nodes with network configuration parameters, IP addresses, and prefixes. Parameters can be provided statelessly, or in combination with stateful assignment of one or more IPv6 addresses and/or IPv6 prefixes. DHCPv6 can operate either in place of or in addition to stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC).</t>
              <t indent="0">This document updates the text from RFC 3315 (the original DHCPv6 specification) and incorporates prefix delegation (RFC 3633), stateless DHCPv6 (RFC 3736), an option to specify an upper bound for how long a client should wait before refreshing information (RFC 4242), a mechanism for throttling DHCPv6 clients when DHCPv6 service is not available (RFC 7083), and relay agent handling of unknown messages (RFC 7283). In addition, this document clarifies the interactions between models of operation (RFC 7550). As such, this document obsoletes RFC 3315, RFC 3633, RFC 3736, RFC 4242, RFC 7083, RFC 7283, and RFC 7550.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8415"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8415"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC8947" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8947" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC8947">
          <front>
            <title>Link-Layer Address Assignment Mechanism for DHCPv6</title>
            <author fullname="B. Volz" initials="B." surname="Volz"/>
            <author fullname="T. Mrugalski" initials="T." surname="Mrugalski"/>
            <author fullname="CJ. Bernardos" initials="CJ." surname="Bernardos"/>
            <date month="December" year="2020"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">In certain environments, e.g., large-scale virtualization deployments, new devices are created in an automated manner. Such devices may have their link-layer addresses assigned in an automated fashion. With sufficient scale, the likelihood of a collision using random assignment without duplication detection is not acceptable. Therefore, an allocation mechanism is required. This document proposes an extension to DHCPv6 that allows a scalable approach to link-layer address assignments where preassigned link-layer address assignments (such as by a manufacturer) are not possible or are unnecessary.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8947"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8947"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC8981" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8981" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC8981">
          <front>
            <title>Temporary Address Extensions for Stateless Address Autoconfiguration in IPv6</title>
            <author fullname="F. Gont" initials="F." surname="Gont"/>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <author fullname="T. Narten" initials="T." surname="Narten"/>
            <author fullname="R. Draves" initials="R." surname="Draves"/>
            <date month="February" year="2021"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document describes an extension to IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration that causes hosts to generate temporary addresses with randomized interface identifiers for each prefix advertised with autoconfiguration enabled. Changing addresses over time limits the window of time during which eavesdroppers and other information collectors may trivially perform address-based network-activity correlation when the same address is employed for multiple transactions by the same host. Additionally, it reduces the window of exposure of a host as being accessible via an address that becomes revealed as a result of active communication. This document obsoletes RFC 4941.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8981"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8981"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC8987" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc8987" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC8987">
          <front>
            <title>DHCPv6 Prefix Delegating Relay Requirements</title>
            <author fullname="I. Farrer" initials="I." surname="Farrer"/>
            <author fullname="N. Kottapalli" initials="N." surname="Kottapalli"/>
            <author fullname="M. Hunek" initials="M." surname="Hunek"/>
            <author fullname="R. Patterson" initials="R." surname="Patterson"/>
            <date month="February" year="2021"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document describes operational problems that are known to occur when using DHCPv6 relays with prefix delegation. These problems can prevent successful delegation and result in routing failures. To address these problems, this document provides necessary functional requirements for operating DHCPv6 relays with prefix delegation.</t>
              <t indent="0">It is recommended that any network operator using DHCPv6 prefix delegation with relays ensure that these requirements are followed on their networks.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="8987"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC8987"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC9096" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc9096" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC9096">
          <front>
            <title>Improving the Reaction of Customer Edge Routers to IPv6 Renumbering Events</title>
            <author fullname="F. Gont" initials="F." surname="Gont"/>
            <author fullname="J. Žorž" initials="J." surname="Žorž"/>
            <author fullname="R. Patterson" initials="R." surname="Patterson"/>
            <author fullname="B. Volz" initials="B." surname="Volz"/>
            <date month="August" year="2021"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document specifies improvements to Customer Edge routers that help mitigate the problems that may arise when network configuration information becomes invalid without any explicit signaling of that condition to the local nodes. This document updates RFC 7084.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="BCP" value="234"/>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="9096"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC9096"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC9243" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc9243" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC9243">
          <front>
            <title>A YANG Data Model for DHCPv6 Configuration</title>
            <author fullname="I. Farrer" initials="I." role="editor" surname="Farrer"/>
            <date month="June" year="2022"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document describes YANG data models for the configuration and management of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for IPv6 (DHCPv6) (RFC 8415) servers, relays, and clients.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="9243"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC9243"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="RFC9686" target="https://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc9686" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="RFC9686">
          <front>
            <title>Registering Self-Generated IPv6 Addresses Using DHCPv6</title>
            <author fullname="W. Kumari" initials="W." surname="Kumari"/>
            <author fullname="S. Krishnan" initials="S." surname="Krishnan"/>
            <author fullname="R. Asati" initials="R." surname="Asati"/>
            <author fullname="L. Colitti" initials="L." surname="Colitti"/>
            <author fullname="J. Linkova" initials="J." surname="Linkova"/>
            <author fullname="S. Jiang" initials="S." surname="Jiang"/>
            <date month="December" year="2024"/>
            <abstract>
              <t indent="0">This document defines a method to inform a DHCPv6 server that a device has one or more self-generated or statically configured addresses.</t>
            </abstract>
          </front>
          <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="9686"/>
          <seriesInfo name="DOI" value="10.17487/RFC9686"/>
        </reference>
        <reference anchor="TR-187" target="https://www.broadband-forum.org/pdfs/tr-187-2-0-0.pdf" quoteTitle="true" derivedAnchor="TR-187">
          <front>
            <title>IPv6 for PPP Broadband Access</title>
            <author>
              <organization showOnFrontPage="true">Broadband Forum</organization>
            </author>
            <date year="2013" month="February"/>
          </front>
          <refcontent>TR-187, Issue: 2</refcontent>
        </reference>
      </references>
    </references>
    <section anchor="ChangeSummary" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-appendix.a">
      <name slugifiedName="name-summary-of-changes-from-rfc">Summary of Changes from RFC 8415</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.a-1">This appendix provides a summary of the differences between this document and
      <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/>:</t>
      <ol spacing="normal" type="1" indent="adaptive" start="1" pn="section-appendix.a-2">
	<li pn="section-appendix.a-2.1" derivedCounter="1.">
          <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.a-2.1.1">The following mechanisms were obsoleted. These were not widely
          deployed while adding complexity to client and server
          implementations.  Legacy implementations <bcp14>MAY</bcp14> support
          them, but implementations conformant to this document <bcp14>MUST NOT</bcp14> rely on them. Obsoleting these features does not cause
          any interoperability issues when mixing updated and non-updated
          clients, relay agents, and servers as these mechanisms were
          "optional".</t>
          <ul spacing="normal" bare="false" empty="false" indent="3" pn="section-appendix.a-2.1.2">
            <li pn="section-appendix.a-2.1.2.1">IA_TA option. The Identity Association for Temporary
            Addresses option has been obsoleted. A client that needs a
            short-term / special purpose address can use a new IA_NA binding
            to request an address and release it when finished with it.</li>
            <li pn="section-appendix.a-2.1.2.2">UNICAST option. The Server Unicast option has been obsoleted. Use of this was
            rarely practical as typically relay agents between the client and
            server need to glean information from the communication and cannot
            be bypassed.</li>
            <li pn="section-appendix.a-2.1.2.3">UseMulticast status code. The UseMulticast status code has
            been obsoleted. Clients will always multicast messages (as Server
            Unicast option has been obsoleted) and servers will no longer
            check for unicast traffic.</li>
          </ul>
        </li>
        <li pn="section-appendix.a-2.2" derivedCounter="2.">The following errata reports for <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/> were
        incorporated: <xref target="Err6159" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Err6159"/>, <xref target="Err6269" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Err6269"/>, and <xref target="Err6183" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Err6183"/>.  Note that EID
        6269 was no longer applicable after the Server Unicast Option was
        obsoleted.  Note that EID 6159 was also no longer applicable as
        temporary addresses have been obsoleted.  Indeed, the text that EID 6159 corrects has been deleted.</li>
        <li pn="section-appendix.a-2.3" derivedCounter="3.">A reference to <xref target="RFC7943" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC7943"/> was added to <xref target="addr-assign-ia-na" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 13.1"/> as it documents a method
        that might be used to generate addresses and was inadvertently missed
        when compiling <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/>.</li>
        <li pn="section-appendix.a-2.4" derivedCounter="4.">Clarified the UDP ports used by clients, servers, and
        relay agents (<xref target="udp-ports" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 7.2"/>).</li>
        <li pn="section-appendix.a-2.5" derivedCounter="5.">Several additional RFCs have been referenced and editorial
        and reviews comments incorporated.</li>
      </ol>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-A" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-appendix.b">
      <name slugifiedName="name-appearance-of-options-in-me">Appearance of Options in Message Types</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.b-1">The following tables indicate with a "*" the options that are allowed
      in each DHCP message type.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.b-2">These tables are informational. If they conflict with text earlier
      in this document, that text should be considered authoritative.</t>
      <table align="center" pn="table-4">
        <name slugifiedName="name-appearance-of-options-in-mes">Appearance of Options in Message Types (Part 1 of 3)</name>
        <thead>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Client ID</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Server ID</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IA_NA</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IA_PD</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">ORO</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Pref</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Elap. Time</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Relay Msg.</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Auth.</th>
          </tr>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Solicit</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Advert.</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Request</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Confirm</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Renew</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Rebind</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Decline</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Release</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Reply</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Reconf</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Inform.</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">(see note)</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">R-forw.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">R-repl.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
        </tbody>
      </table>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.b-4">NOTE: The Server Identifier option
      (see <xref target="RFC3315-22.3" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 21.3"/>) is
      only included in Information-request messages that are sent in
      response to a Reconfigure (see <xref target="RFC3315-18.1.5" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 18.2.6"/>).</t>
      <table align="center" pn="table-5">
        <name slugifiedName="name-appearance-of-options-in-mess">Appearance of Options in Message Types (Part 2 of 3)</name>
        <thead>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Status Code</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Rap. Comm.</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">User Class</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Vendor Class</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Vendor Spec.</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Inter. ID</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Recon. Msg.</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Recon. Accept</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Info Refr. Time</th>
          </tr>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Solicit</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Advert.</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Request</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Confirm</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Renew</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Rebind</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Decline</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Release</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Reply</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Reconf.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Inform.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">R-forw.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">R-repl.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
        </tbody>
      </table>
      <table align="center" pn="table-6">
        <name slugifiedName="name-appearance-of-options-in-messa">Appearance of Options in Message Types (Part 3 of 3)</name>
        <thead>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">SOL_MAX_RT</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">INF_MAX_RT</th>
          </tr>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Solicit</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Advert.</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Request</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Confirm</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Renew</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Rebind</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Decline</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Release</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Reply</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Reconf.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Inform.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">R-forw.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">R-repl.</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
        </tbody>
      </table>
    </section>
    <section anchor="RFC3315-B" numbered="true" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-appendix.c">
      <name slugifiedName="name-appearance-of-options-in-th">Appearance of Options in the "options" Field of DHCP Options</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.c-1">The following table indicates with a "*" where options defined in
      this document can appear as top-level options or can be encapsulated
      in other options defined in this document. Other RFCs may define
      additional situations where options defined in this document are
      encapsulated in other options.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.c-2">This table is informational. If it conflicts with text earlier in
      this document, that text should be considered authoritative.</t>
      <table align="center" pn="table-7">
        <name slugifiedName="name-appearance-of-options">Appearance of Options</name>
        <thead>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Top-Level</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IA_NA</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IAADDR</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IA_PD</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IAPREFIX</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">RELAY-FORW</th>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">RELAY-REPL</th>
          </tr>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Client ID</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Server ID</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IA_NA</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IAADDR</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IA_PD</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">IAPREFIX</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">ORO</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Preference</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Elapsed Time</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Relay Message</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Authentic.</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Status Code</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Rapid Comm.</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">User Class</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Vendor Class</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Vendor Info.</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Interf. ID</th>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Reconf. MSG.</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Reconf. Accept</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">Info Refresh Time</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">SOL_MAX_RT</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
          <tr>
            <th align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1">INF_MAX_RT</th>
            <td align="center" colspan="1" rowspan="1">*</td>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
            <td align="left" colspan="1" rowspan="1"/>
          </tr>
        </tbody>
      </table>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.c-4">Notes: Options asterisked in the "Top-Level" column appear in the
      "options" field of client messages (see <xref target="RFC3315-6" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 8"/>). Options
      asterisked in the "RELAY-FORW" and "RELAY-REPL" columns appear in the
      "options" field of the Relay-forward and Relay-reply messages
      (see <xref target="RFC3315-7" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="Section 9"/>).</t>
    </section>
    <section numbered="false" toc="include" removeInRFC="false" pn="section-appendix.d">
      <name slugifiedName="name-acknowledgments">Acknowledgments</name>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.d-1">This document is merely a refinement of earlier work as described
      in <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.d-2">A number of additional people have contributed to identifying issues
      with <xref target="RFC8415" format="default" sectionFormat="of" derivedContent="RFC8415"/> including <contact fullname="Fernando       Gont"/>, <contact fullname="Felix Hamme"/>, <contact fullname="Rene       Engel"/>, <contact fullname="Esko Dijk"/>, <contact fullname="Jen       Linkova"/>, <contact fullname="Tomoyuki Sahara"/>, and <contact fullname="Ted Lemon"/>.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.d-3">We thank the thorough and thoughtful reviewers during the IETF
      process, especially <contact fullname="Mohamed Boucadair"/>, <contact fullname="Tim Chown"/>, <contact fullname="Roman Danyliw"/>, <contact fullname="Tatuya Jinmei"/>, <contact fullname="Jim Read"/>, <contact fullname="Ketan Talaulikar"/>, <contact fullname="Éric Vyncke"/>, and
      <contact fullname="Dave Worley"/>. We also thank the DHC WG
      members for their reviews of this updated document.</t>
      <t indent="0" pn="section-appendix.d-4">And special thanks to <contact fullname="Suresh Krishnan"/> for
      shepherding this document through the IETF process.</t>
    </section>
    <section anchor="authors-addresses" numbered="false" removeInRFC="false" toc="include" pn="section-appendix.e">
      <name slugifiedName="name-authors-addresses">Authors' Addresses</name>
      <author fullname="Tomek Mrugalski" initials="T." surname="Mrugalski">
        <organization abbrev="ISC" showOnFrontPage="true">Internet Systems Consortium, Inc.</organization>
        <address>
          <postal>
            <street>PO Box 360</street>
            <city>Newmarket</city>
            <region>NH</region>
            <code>03857</code>
            <country>United States of America</country>
          </postal>
          <email>tomasz.mrugalski@gmail.com</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <author fullname="Bernie Volz" initials="B" surname="Volz">
        <organization abbrev="Individual Contributor" showOnFrontPage="true">Individual Contributor</organization>
        <address>
          <postal>
            <street>116 Hawkins Pond Road</street>
            <city>Center Harbor</city>
            <region>NH</region>
            <code>03226</code>
            <country>United States of America</country>
          </postal>
          <email>bevolz@gmail.com</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <author fullname="Michael C. Richardson" initials="M." surname="Richardson">
        <organization abbrev="SSW" showOnFrontPage="true">Sandelman Software Works</organization>
        <address>
          <postal>
            <street>470 Dawson Avenue</street>
            <city>Ottawa</city>
            <region>ON</region>
            <code>K1Z 5V7</code>
            <country>Canada</country>
          </postal>
          <email>mcr+ietf@sandelman.ca</email>
          <uri>http://www.sandelman.ca/</uri>
        </address>
      </author>
      <author fullname="Sheng Jiang" initials="S." surname="Jiang">
        <organization abbrev="BUPT" showOnFrontPage="true">Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications</organization>
        <address>
          <postal>
            <street>No. 10 Xitucheng Road</street>
            <city>Haidian District, Beijing</city>
            <country>China</country>
          </postal>
          <email>shengjiang@bupt.edu.cn</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <author fullname="Timothy Winters" initials="T" surname="Winters">
        <organization abbrev="QA Cafe" showOnFrontPage="true">QA Cafe</organization>
        <address>
          <postal>
            <street>100 Main Street, Suite #212</street>
            <city>Dover</city>
            <region>NH</region>
            <code>03820</code>
            <country>United States of America</country>
          </postal>
          <email>tim@qacafe.com</email>
        </address>
      </author>
    </section>
  </back>
</rfc>
